Home | History | Annotate | Download | only in doc
      1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
      2 @comment %**start of header
      3 @setfilename bison.info
      4 @include version.texi
      5 @settitle Bison @value{VERSION}
      6 @setchapternewpage odd
      7 
      8 @finalout
      9 
     10 @c SMALL BOOK version
     11 @c This edition has been formatted so that you can format and print it in
     12 @c the smallbook format.
     13 @c @smallbook
     14 
     15 @c Set following if you want to document %default-prec and %no-default-prec.
     16 @c This feature is experimental and may change in future Bison versions.
     17 @c @set defaultprec
     18 
     19 @ifnotinfo
     20 @syncodeindex fn cp
     21 @syncodeindex vr cp
     22 @syncodeindex tp cp
     23 @end ifnotinfo
     24 @ifinfo
     25 @synindex fn cp
     26 @synindex vr cp
     27 @synindex tp cp
     28 @end ifinfo
     29 @comment %**end of header
     30 
     31 @copying
     32 
     33 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} Bison (version @value{VERSION},
     34 @value{UPDATED}), the @acronym{GNU} parser generator.
     35 
     36 Copyright @copyright{} 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1995, 1998,
     37 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
     38 
     39 @quotation
     40 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
     41 under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License,
     42 Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software
     43 Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts
     44 being ``A @acronym{GNU} Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts as in
     45 (a) below.  A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
     46 ``@acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License.''
     47 
     48 (a) The @acronym{FSF}'s Back-Cover Text is: ``You have freedom to copy
     49 and modify this @acronym{GNU} Manual, like @acronym{GNU} software.
     50 Copies published by the Free Software Foundation raise funds for
     51 @acronym{GNU} development.''
     52 @end quotation
     53 @end copying
     54 
     55 @dircategory Software development
     56 @direntry
     57 * bison: (bison).       @acronym{GNU} parser generator (Yacc replacement).
     58 @end direntry
     59 
     60 @titlepage
     61 @title Bison
     62 @subtitle The Yacc-compatible Parser Generator
     63 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}, Bison Version @value{VERSION}
     64 
     65 @author by Charles Donnelly and Richard Stallman
     66 
     67 @page
     68 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
     69 @insertcopying
     70 @sp 2
     71 Published by the Free Software Foundation @*
     72 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor @*
     73 Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA @*
     74 Printed copies are available from the Free Software Foundation.@*
     75 @acronym{ISBN} 1-882114-44-2
     76 @sp 2
     77 Cover art by Etienne Suvasa.
     78 @end titlepage
     79 
     80 @contents
     81 
     82 @ifnottex
     83 @node Top
     84 @top Bison
     85 @insertcopying
     86 @end ifnottex
     87 
     88 @menu
     89 * Introduction::
     90 * Conditions::
     91 * Copying::           The @acronym{GNU} General Public License says
     92                         how you can copy and share Bison
     93 
     94 Tutorial sections:
     95 * Concepts::          Basic concepts for understanding Bison.
     96 * Examples::          Three simple explained examples of using Bison.
     97 
     98 Reference sections:
     99 * Grammar File::      Writing Bison declarations and rules.
    100 * Interface::         C-language interface to the parser function @code{yyparse}.
    101 * Algorithm::         How the Bison parser works at run-time.
    102 * Error Recovery::    Writing rules for error recovery.
    103 * Context Dependency::  What to do if your language syntax is too
    104                         messy for Bison to handle straightforwardly.
    105 * Debugging::         Understanding or debugging Bison parsers.
    106 * Invocation::        How to run Bison (to produce the parser source file).
    107 * C++ Language Interface::  Creating C++ parser objects.
    108 * FAQ::               Frequently Asked Questions
    109 * Table of Symbols::  All the keywords of the Bison language are explained.
    110 * Glossary::          Basic concepts are explained.
    111 * Copying This Manual::  License for copying this manual.
    112 * Index::             Cross-references to the text.
    113 
    114 @detailmenu
    115  --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
    116 
    117 The Concepts of Bison
    118 
    119 * Language and Grammar::  Languages and context-free grammars,
    120                             as mathematical ideas.
    121 * Grammar in Bison::  How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
    122 * Semantic Values::   Each token or syntactic grouping can have
    123                         a semantic value (the value of an integer,
    124                         the name of an identifier, etc.).
    125 * Semantic Actions::  Each rule can have an action containing C code.
    126 * GLR Parsers::       Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
    127 * Locations Overview::    Tracking Locations.
    128 * Bison Parser::      What are Bison's input and output,
    129                         how is the output used?
    130 * Stages::            Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
    131 * Grammar Layout::    Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
    132 
    133 Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
    134 
    135 * Simple GLR Parsers::      Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars.
    136 * Merging GLR Parses::      Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities.
    137 * GLR Semantic Actions::    Deferred semantic actions have special concerns.
    138 * Compiler Requirements::   @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler.
    139 
    140 Examples
    141 
    142 * RPN Calc::          Reverse polish notation calculator;
    143                         a first example with no operator precedence.
    144 * Infix Calc::        Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
    145                         Operator precedence is introduced.
    146 * Simple Error Recovery::  Continuing after syntax errors.
    147 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
    148 * Multi-function Calc::  Calculator with memory and trig functions.
    149                            It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
    150 * Exercises::         Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
    151 
    152 Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
    153 
    154 * Decls: Rpcalc Decls.  Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
    155 * Rules: Rpcalc Rules.  Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
    156 * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer.  The lexical analyzer.
    157 * Main: Rpcalc Main.    The controlling function.
    158 * Error: Rpcalc Error.  The error reporting function.
    159 * Gen: Rpcalc Gen.      Running Bison on the grammar file.
    160 * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code.
    161 
    162 Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
    163 
    164 * Rpcalc Input::
    165 * Rpcalc Line::
    166 * Rpcalc Expr::
    167 
    168 Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
    169 
    170 * Decls: Ltcalc Decls.  Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
    171 * Rules: Ltcalc Rules.  Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
    172 * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer.  The lexical analyzer.
    173 
    174 Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
    175 
    176 * Decl: Mfcalc Decl.      Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
    177 * Rules: Mfcalc Rules.    Grammar rules for the calculator.
    178 * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab.  Symbol table management subroutines.
    179 
    180 Bison Grammar Files
    181 
    182 * Grammar Outline::   Overall layout of the grammar file.
    183 * Symbols::           Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
    184 * Rules::             How to write grammar rules.
    185 * Recursion::         Writing recursive rules.
    186 * Semantics::         Semantic values and actions.
    187 * Locations::         Locations and actions.
    188 * Declarations::      All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
    189 * Multiple Parsers::  Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
    190 
    191 Outline of a Bison Grammar
    192 
    193 * Prologue::          Syntax and usage of the prologue.
    194 * Bison Declarations::  Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
    195 * Grammar Rules::     Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
    196 * Epilogue::          Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
    197 
    198 Defining Language Semantics
    199 
    200 * Value Type::        Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
    201 * Multiple Types::    Specifying several alternative data types.
    202 * Actions::           An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
    203 * Action Types::      Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
    204 * Mid-Rule Actions::  Most actions go at the end of a rule.
    205                       This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
    206                         action in the middle of a rule.
    207 
    208 Tracking Locations
    209 
    210 * Location Type::               Specifying a data type for locations.
    211 * Actions and Locations::       Using locations in actions.
    212 * Location Default Action::     Defining a general way to compute locations.
    213 
    214 Bison Declarations
    215 
    216 * Require Decl::      Requiring a Bison version.
    217 * Token Decl::        Declaring terminal symbols.
    218 * Precedence Decl::   Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
    219 * Union Decl::        Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
    220 * Type Decl::         Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
    221 * Initial Action Decl::  Code run before parsing starts.
    222 * Destructor Decl::   Declaring how symbols are freed.
    223 * Expect Decl::       Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
    224 * Start Decl::        Specifying the start symbol.
    225 * Pure Decl::         Requesting a reentrant parser.
    226 * Decl Summary::      Table of all Bison declarations.
    227 
    228 Parser C-Language Interface
    229 
    230 * Parser Function::   How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
    231 * Lexical::           You must supply a function @code{yylex}
    232                         which reads tokens.
    233 * Error Reporting::   You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
    234 * Action Features::   Special features for use in actions.
    235 * Internationalization::  How to let the parser speak in the user's
    236                         native language.
    237 
    238 The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
    239 
    240 * Calling Convention::  How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
    241 * Token Values::      How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
    242                         of the token it has read.
    243 * Token Locations::   How @code{yylex} must return the text location
    244                         (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
    245                         actions want that.
    246 * Pure Calling::      How the calling convention differs
    247                         in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
    248 
    249 The Bison Parser Algorithm
    250 
    251 * Look-Ahead::        Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
    252 * Shift/Reduce::      Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
    253 * Precedence::        Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
    254 * Contextual Precedence::  When an operator's precedence depends on context.
    255 * Parser States::     The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
    256 * Reduce/Reduce::     When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
    257 * Mystery Conflicts::  Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
    258 * Generalized LR Parsing::  Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
    259 * Memory Management:: What happens when memory is exhausted.  How to avoid it.
    260 
    261 Operator Precedence
    262 
    263 * Why Precedence::    An example showing why precedence is needed.
    264 * Using Precedence::  How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
    265 * Precedence Examples::  How these features are used in the previous example.
    266 * How Precedence::    How they work.
    267 
    268 Handling Context Dependencies
    269 
    270 * Semantic Tokens::   Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
    271 * Lexical Tie-ins::   Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
    272 * Tie-in Recovery::   Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
    273                         error recovery rules must be written.
    274 
    275 Debugging Your Parser
    276 
    277 * Understanding::     Understanding the structure of your parser.
    278 * Tracing::           Tracing the execution of your parser.
    279 
    280 Invoking Bison
    281 
    282 * Bison Options::     All the options described in detail,
    283                         in alphabetical order by short options.
    284 * Option Cross Key::  Alphabetical list of long options.
    285 * Yacc Library::      Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
    286 
    287 C++ Language Interface
    288 
    289 * C++ Parsers::                 The interface to generate C++ parser classes
    290 * A Complete C++ Example::      Demonstrating their use
    291 
    292 C++ Parsers
    293 
    294 * C++ Bison Interface::         Asking for C++ parser generation
    295 * C++ Semantic Values::         %union vs. C++
    296 * C++ Location Values::         The position and location classes
    297 * C++ Parser Interface::        Instantiating and running the parser
    298 * C++ Scanner Interface::       Exchanges between yylex and parse
    299 
    300 A Complete C++ Example
    301 
    302 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator::   The specifications
    303 * Calc++ Parsing Driver::       An active parsing context
    304 * Calc++ Parser::               A parser class
    305 * Calc++ Scanner::              A pure C++ Flex scanner
    306 * Calc++ Top Level::            Conducting the band
    307 
    308 Frequently Asked Questions
    309 
    310 * Memory Exhausted::           Breaking the Stack Limits
    311 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
    312 * Strings are Destroyed::      @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
    313 * Implementing Gotos/Loops::   Control Flow in the Calculator
    314 * Multiple start-symbols::     Factoring closely related grammars
    315 * Secure?  Conform?::          Is Bison @acronym{POSIX} safe?
    316 * I can't build Bison::        Troubleshooting
    317 * Where can I find help?::     Troubleshouting
    318 * Bug Reports::                Troublereporting
    319 * Other Languages::            Parsers in Java and others
    320 * Beta Testing::               Experimenting development versions
    321 * Mailing Lists::              Meeting other Bison users
    322 
    323 Copying This Manual
    324 
    325 * GNU Free Documentation License::  License for copying this manual.
    326 
    327 @end detailmenu
    328 @end menu
    329 
    330 @node Introduction
    331 @unnumbered Introduction
    332 @cindex introduction
    333 
    334 @dfn{Bison} is a general-purpose parser generator that converts an
    335 annotated context-free grammar into an @acronym{LALR}(1) or
    336 @acronym{GLR} parser for that grammar.  Once you are proficient with
    337 Bison, you can use it to develop a wide range of language parsers, from those
    338 used in simple desk calculators to complex programming languages.
    339 
    340 Bison is upward compatible with Yacc: all properly-written Yacc grammars
    341 ought to work with Bison with no change.  Anyone familiar with Yacc
    342 should be able to use Bison with little trouble.  You need to be fluent in
    343 C or C++ programming in order to use Bison or to understand this manual.
    344 
    345 We begin with tutorial chapters that explain the basic concepts of using
    346 Bison and show three explained examples, each building on the last.  If you
    347 don't know Bison or Yacc, start by reading these chapters.  Reference
    348 chapters follow which describe specific aspects of Bison in detail.
    349 
    350 Bison was written primarily by Robert Corbett; Richard Stallman made it
    351 Yacc-compatible.  Wilfred Hansen of Carnegie Mellon University added
    352 multi-character string literals and other features.
    353 
    354 This edition corresponds to version @value{VERSION} of Bison.
    355 
    356 @node Conditions
    357 @unnumbered Conditions for Using Bison
    358 
    359 The distribution terms for Bison-generated parsers permit using the
    360 parsers in nonfree programs.  Before Bison version 2.2, these extra
    361 permissions applied only when Bison was generating @acronym{LALR}(1)
    362 parsers in C@.  And before Bison version 1.24, Bison-generated
    363 parsers could be used only in programs that were free software.
    364 
    365 The other @acronym{GNU} programming tools, such as the @acronym{GNU} C
    366 compiler, have never
    367 had such a requirement.  They could always be used for nonfree
    368 software.  The reason Bison was different was not due to a special
    369 policy decision; it resulted from applying the usual General Public
    370 License to all of the Bison source code.
    371 
    372 The output of the Bison utility---the Bison parser file---contains a
    373 verbatim copy of a sizable piece of Bison, which is the code for the
    374 parser's implementation.  (The actions from your grammar are inserted
    375 into this implementation at one point, but most of the rest of the
    376 implementation is not changed.)  When we applied the @acronym{GPL}
    377 terms to the skeleton code for the parser's implementation,
    378 the effect was to restrict the use of Bison output to free software.
    379 
    380 We didn't change the terms because of sympathy for people who want to
    381 make software proprietary.  @strong{Software should be free.}  But we
    382 concluded that limiting Bison's use to free software was doing little to
    383 encourage people to make other software free.  So we decided to make the
    384 practical conditions for using Bison match the practical conditions for
    385 using the other @acronym{GNU} tools.
    386 
    387 This exception applies when Bison is generating code for a parser.
    388 You can tell whether the exception applies to a Bison output file by
    389 inspecting the file for text beginning with ``As a special
    390 exception@dots{}''.  The text spells out the exact terms of the
    391 exception.
    392 
    393 @include gpl.texi
    394 
    395 @node Concepts
    396 @chapter The Concepts of Bison
    397 
    398 This chapter introduces many of the basic concepts without which the
    399 details of Bison will not make sense.  If you do not already know how to
    400 use Bison or Yacc, we suggest you start by reading this chapter carefully.
    401 
    402 @menu
    403 * Language and Grammar::  Languages and context-free grammars,
    404                             as mathematical ideas.
    405 * Grammar in Bison::  How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
    406 * Semantic Values::   Each token or syntactic grouping can have
    407                         a semantic value (the value of an integer,
    408                         the name of an identifier, etc.).
    409 * Semantic Actions::  Each rule can have an action containing C code.
    410 * GLR Parsers::       Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
    411 * Locations Overview::    Tracking Locations.
    412 * Bison Parser::      What are Bison's input and output,
    413                         how is the output used?
    414 * Stages::            Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
    415 * Grammar Layout::    Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
    416 @end menu
    417 
    418 @node Language and Grammar
    419 @section Languages and Context-Free Grammars
    420 
    421 @cindex context-free grammar
    422 @cindex grammar, context-free
    423 In order for Bison to parse a language, it must be described by a
    424 @dfn{context-free grammar}.  This means that you specify one or more
    425 @dfn{syntactic groupings} and give rules for constructing them from their
    426 parts.  For example, in the C language, one kind of grouping is called an
    427 `expression'.  One rule for making an expression might be, ``An expression
    428 can be made of a minus sign and another expression''.  Another would be,
    429 ``An expression can be an integer''.  As you can see, rules are often
    430 recursive, but there must be at least one rule which leads out of the
    431 recursion.
    432 
    433 @cindex @acronym{BNF}
    434 @cindex Backus-Naur form
    435 The most common formal system for presenting such rules for humans to read
    436 is @dfn{Backus-Naur Form} or ``@acronym{BNF}'', which was developed in
    437 order to specify the language Algol 60.  Any grammar expressed in
    438 @acronym{BNF} is a context-free grammar.  The input to Bison is
    439 essentially machine-readable @acronym{BNF}.
    440 
    441 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars
    442 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1) grammars
    443 There are various important subclasses of context-free grammar.  Although it
    444 can handle almost all context-free grammars, Bison is optimized for what
    445 are called @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars.
    446 In brief, in these grammars, it must be possible to
    447 tell how to parse any portion of an input string with just a single
    448 token of look-ahead.  Strictly speaking, that is a description of an
    449 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar, and @acronym{LALR}(1) involves additional
    450 restrictions that are
    451 hard to explain simply; but it is rare in actual practice to find an
    452 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar that fails to be @acronym{LALR}(1).
    453 @xref{Mystery Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}, for
    454 more information on this.
    455 
    456 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
    457 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
    458 @cindex ambiguous grammars
    459 @cindex nondeterministic parsing
    460 
    461 Parsers for @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars are @dfn{deterministic}, meaning
    462 roughly that the next grammar rule to apply at any point in the input is
    463 uniquely determined by the preceding input and a fixed, finite portion
    464 (called a @dfn{look-ahead}) of the remaining input.  A context-free
    465 grammar can be @dfn{ambiguous}, meaning that there are multiple ways to
    466 apply the grammar rules to get the same inputs.  Even unambiguous
    467 grammars can be @dfn{nondeterministic}, meaning that no fixed
    468 look-ahead always suffices to determine the next grammar rule to apply.
    469 With the proper declarations, Bison is also able to parse these more
    470 general context-free grammars, using a technique known as @acronym{GLR}
    471 parsing (for Generalized @acronym{LR}).  Bison's @acronym{GLR} parsers
    472 are able to handle any context-free grammar for which the number of
    473 possible parses of any given string is finite.
    474 
    475 @cindex symbols (abstract)
    476 @cindex token
    477 @cindex syntactic grouping
    478 @cindex grouping, syntactic
    479 In the formal grammatical rules for a language, each kind of syntactic
    480 unit or grouping is named by a @dfn{symbol}.  Those which are built by
    481 grouping smaller constructs according to grammatical rules are called
    482 @dfn{nonterminal symbols}; those which can't be subdivided are called
    483 @dfn{terminal symbols} or @dfn{token types}.  We call a piece of input
    484 corresponding to a single terminal symbol a @dfn{token}, and a piece
    485 corresponding to a single nonterminal symbol a @dfn{grouping}.
    486 
    487 We can use the C language as an example of what symbols, terminal and
    488 nonterminal, mean.  The tokens of C are identifiers, constants (numeric
    489 and string), and the various keywords, arithmetic operators and
    490 punctuation marks.  So the terminal symbols of a grammar for C include
    491 `identifier', `number', `string', plus one symbol for each keyword,
    492 operator or punctuation mark: `if', `return', `const', `static', `int',
    493 `char', `plus-sign', `open-brace', `close-brace', `comma' and many more.
    494 (These tokens can be subdivided into characters, but that is a matter of
    495 lexicography, not grammar.)
    496 
    497 Here is a simple C function subdivided into tokens:
    498 
    499 @ifinfo
    500 @example
    501 int             /* @r{keyword `int'} */
    502 square (int x)  /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int',}
    503                    @r{identifier, close-paren} */
    504 @{               /* @r{open-brace} */
    505   return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk,}
    506                    @r{identifier, semicolon} */
    507 @}               /* @r{close-brace} */
    508 @end example
    509 @end ifinfo
    510 @ifnotinfo
    511 @example
    512 int             /* @r{keyword `int'} */
    513 square (int x)  /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int', identifier, close-paren} */
    514 @{               /* @r{open-brace} */
    515   return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk, identifier, semicolon} */
    516 @}               /* @r{close-brace} */
    517 @end example
    518 @end ifnotinfo
    519 
    520 The syntactic groupings of C include the expression, the statement, the
    521 declaration, and the function definition.  These are represented in the
    522 grammar of C by nonterminal symbols `expression', `statement',
    523 `declaration' and `function definition'.  The full grammar uses dozens of
    524 additional language constructs, each with its own nonterminal symbol, in
    525 order to express the meanings of these four.  The example above is a
    526 function definition; it contains one declaration, and one statement.  In
    527 the statement, each @samp{x} is an expression and so is @samp{x * x}.
    528 
    529 Each nonterminal symbol must have grammatical rules showing how it is made
    530 out of simpler constructs.  For example, one kind of C statement is the
    531 @code{return} statement; this would be described with a grammar rule which
    532 reads informally as follows:
    533 
    534 @quotation
    535 A `statement' can be made of a `return' keyword, an `expression' and a
    536 `semicolon'.
    537 @end quotation
    538 
    539 @noindent
    540 There would be many other rules for `statement', one for each kind of
    541 statement in C.
    542 
    543 @cindex start symbol
    544 One nonterminal symbol must be distinguished as the special one which
    545 defines a complete utterance in the language.  It is called the @dfn{start
    546 symbol}.  In a compiler, this means a complete input program.  In the C
    547 language, the nonterminal symbol `sequence of definitions and declarations'
    548 plays this role.
    549 
    550 For example, @samp{1 + 2} is a valid C expression---a valid part of a C
    551 program---but it is not valid as an @emph{entire} C program.  In the
    552 context-free grammar of C, this follows from the fact that `expression' is
    553 not the start symbol.
    554 
    555 The Bison parser reads a sequence of tokens as its input, and groups the
    556 tokens using the grammar rules.  If the input is valid, the end result is
    557 that the entire token sequence reduces to a single grouping whose symbol is
    558 the grammar's start symbol.  If we use a grammar for C, the entire input
    559 must be a `sequence of definitions and declarations'.  If not, the parser
    560 reports a syntax error.
    561 
    562 @node Grammar in Bison
    563 @section From Formal Rules to Bison Input
    564 @cindex Bison grammar
    565 @cindex grammar, Bison
    566 @cindex formal grammar
    567 
    568 A formal grammar is a mathematical construct.  To define the language
    569 for Bison, you must write a file expressing the grammar in Bison syntax:
    570 a @dfn{Bison grammar} file.  @xref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}.
    571 
    572 A nonterminal symbol in the formal grammar is represented in Bison input
    573 as an identifier, like an identifier in C@.  By convention, it should be
    574 in lower case, such as @code{expr}, @code{stmt} or @code{declaration}.
    575 
    576 The Bison representation for a terminal symbol is also called a @dfn{token
    577 type}.  Token types as well can be represented as C-like identifiers.  By
    578 convention, these identifiers should be upper case to distinguish them from
    579 nonterminals: for example, @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER}, @code{IF} or
    580 @code{RETURN}.  A terminal symbol that stands for a particular keyword in
    581 the language should be named after that keyword converted to upper case.
    582 The terminal symbol @code{error} is reserved for error recovery.
    583 @xref{Symbols}.
    584 
    585 A terminal symbol can also be represented as a character literal, just like
    586 a C character constant.  You should do this whenever a token is just a
    587 single character (parenthesis, plus-sign, etc.): use that same character in
    588 a literal as the terminal symbol for that token.
    589 
    590 A third way to represent a terminal symbol is with a C string constant
    591 containing several characters.  @xref{Symbols}, for more information.
    592 
    593 The grammar rules also have an expression in Bison syntax.  For example,
    594 here is the Bison rule for a C @code{return} statement.  The semicolon in
    595 quotes is a literal character token, representing part of the C syntax for
    596 the statement; the naked semicolon, and the colon, are Bison punctuation
    597 used in every rule.
    598 
    599 @example
    600 stmt:   RETURN expr ';'
    601         ;
    602 @end example
    603 
    604 @noindent
    605 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
    606 
    607 @node Semantic Values
    608 @section Semantic Values
    609 @cindex semantic value
    610 @cindex value, semantic
    611 
    612 A formal grammar selects tokens only by their classifications: for example,
    613 if a rule mentions the terminal symbol `integer constant', it means that
    614 @emph{any} integer constant is grammatically valid in that position.  The
    615 precise value of the constant is irrelevant to how to parse the input: if
    616 @samp{x+4} is grammatical then @samp{x+1} or @samp{x+3989} is equally
    617 grammatical.
    618 
    619 But the precise value is very important for what the input means once it is
    620 parsed.  A compiler is useless if it fails to distinguish between 4, 1 and
    621 3989 as constants in the program!  Therefore, each token in a Bison grammar
    622 has both a token type and a @dfn{semantic value}.  @xref{Semantics,
    623 ,Defining Language Semantics},
    624 for details.
    625 
    626 The token type is a terminal symbol defined in the grammar, such as
    627 @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER} or @code{','}.  It tells everything
    628 you need to know to decide where the token may validly appear and how to
    629 group it with other tokens.  The grammar rules know nothing about tokens
    630 except their types.
    631 
    632 The semantic value has all the rest of the information about the
    633 meaning of the token, such as the value of an integer, or the name of an
    634 identifier.  (A token such as @code{','} which is just punctuation doesn't
    635 need to have any semantic value.)
    636 
    637 For example, an input token might be classified as token type
    638 @code{INTEGER} and have the semantic value 4.  Another input token might
    639 have the same token type @code{INTEGER} but value 3989.  When a grammar
    640 rule says that @code{INTEGER} is allowed, either of these tokens is
    641 acceptable because each is an @code{INTEGER}.  When the parser accepts the
    642 token, it keeps track of the token's semantic value.
    643 
    644 Each grouping can also have a semantic value as well as its nonterminal
    645 symbol.  For example, in a calculator, an expression typically has a
    646 semantic value that is a number.  In a compiler for a programming
    647 language, an expression typically has a semantic value that is a tree
    648 structure describing the meaning of the expression.
    649 
    650 @node Semantic Actions
    651 @section Semantic Actions
    652 @cindex semantic actions
    653 @cindex actions, semantic
    654 
    655 In order to be useful, a program must do more than parse input; it must
    656 also produce some output based on the input.  In a Bison grammar, a grammar
    657 rule can have an @dfn{action} made up of C statements.  Each time the
    658 parser recognizes a match for that rule, the action is executed.
    659 @xref{Actions}.
    660 
    661 Most of the time, the purpose of an action is to compute the semantic value
    662 of the whole construct from the semantic values of its parts.  For example,
    663 suppose we have a rule which says an expression can be the sum of two
    664 expressions.  When the parser recognizes such a sum, each of the
    665 subexpressions has a semantic value which describes how it was built up.
    666 The action for this rule should create a similar sort of value for the
    667 newly recognized larger expression.
    668 
    669 For example, here is a rule that says an expression can be the sum of
    670 two subexpressions:
    671 
    672 @example
    673 expr: expr '+' expr   @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
    674         ;
    675 @end example
    676 
    677 @noindent
    678 The action says how to produce the semantic value of the sum expression
    679 from the values of the two subexpressions.
    680 
    681 @node GLR Parsers
    682 @section Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
    683 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
    684 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
    685 @findex %glr-parser
    686 @cindex conflicts
    687 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
    688 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
    689 
    690 In some grammars, Bison's standard
    691 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing algorithm cannot decide whether to apply a
    692 certain grammar rule at a given point.  That is, it may not be able to
    693 decide (on the basis of the input read so far) which of two possible
    694 reductions (applications of a grammar rule) applies, or whether to apply
    695 a reduction or read more of the input and apply a reduction later in the
    696 input.  These are known respectively as @dfn{reduce/reduce} conflicts
    697 (@pxref{Reduce/Reduce}), and @dfn{shift/reduce} conflicts
    698 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce}).
    699 
    700 To use a grammar that is not easily modified to be @acronym{LALR}(1), a
    701 more general parsing algorithm is sometimes necessary.  If you include
    702 @code{%glr-parser} among the Bison declarations in your file
    703 (@pxref{Grammar Outline}), the result is a Generalized @acronym{LR}
    704 (@acronym{GLR}) parser.  These parsers handle Bison grammars that
    705 contain no unresolved conflicts (i.e., after applying precedence
    706 declarations) identically to @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers.  However, when
    707 faced with unresolved shift/reduce and reduce/reduce conflicts,
    708 @acronym{GLR} parsers use the simple expedient of doing both,
    709 effectively cloning the parser to follow both possibilities.  Each of
    710 the resulting parsers can again split, so that at any given time, there
    711 can be any number of possible parses being explored.  The parsers
    712 proceed in lockstep; that is, all of them consume (shift) a given input
    713 symbol before any of them proceed to the next.  Each of the cloned
    714 parsers eventually meets one of two possible fates: either it runs into
    715 a parsing error, in which case it simply vanishes, or it merges with
    716 another parser, because the two of them have reduced the input to an
    717 identical set of symbols.
    718 
    719 During the time that there are multiple parsers, semantic actions are
    720 recorded, but not performed.  When a parser disappears, its recorded
    721 semantic actions disappear as well, and are never performed.  When a
    722 reduction makes two parsers identical, causing them to merge, Bison
    723 records both sets of semantic actions.  Whenever the last two parsers
    724 merge, reverting to the single-parser case, Bison resolves all the
    725 outstanding actions either by precedences given to the grammar rules
    726 involved, or by performing both actions, and then calling a designated
    727 user-defined function on the resulting values to produce an arbitrary
    728 merged result.
    729 
    730 @menu
    731 * Simple GLR Parsers::      Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars.
    732 * Merging GLR Parses::      Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities.
    733 * GLR Semantic Actions::    Deferred semantic actions have special concerns.
    734 * Compiler Requirements::   @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler.
    735 @end menu
    736 
    737 @node Simple GLR Parsers
    738 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} on Unambiguous Grammars
    739 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, unambiguous grammars
    740 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, unambiguous grammars
    741 @findex %glr-parser
    742 @findex %expect-rr
    743 @cindex conflicts
    744 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
    745 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
    746 
    747 In the simplest cases, you can use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm
    748 to parse grammars that are unambiguous, but fail to be @acronym{LALR}(1).
    749 Such grammars typically require more than one symbol of look-ahead,
    750 or (in rare cases) fall into the category of grammars in which the
    751 @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm throws away too much information (they are in
    752 @acronym{LR}(1), but not @acronym{LALR}(1), @ref{Mystery Conflicts}).
    753 
    754 Consider a problem that
    755 arises in the declaration of enumerated and subrange types in the
    756 programming language Pascal.  Here are some examples:
    757 
    758 @example
    759 type subrange = lo .. hi;
    760 type enum = (a, b, c);
    761 @end example
    762 
    763 @noindent
    764 The original language standard allows only numeric
    765 literals and constant identifiers for the subrange bounds (@samp{lo}
    766 and @samp{hi}), but Extended Pascal (@acronym{ISO}/@acronym{IEC}
    767 10206) and many other
    768 Pascal implementations allow arbitrary expressions there.  This gives
    769 rise to the following situation, containing a superfluous pair of
    770 parentheses:
    771 
    772 @example
    773 type subrange = (a) .. b;
    774 @end example
    775 
    776 @noindent
    777 Compare this to the following declaration of an enumerated
    778 type with only one value:
    779 
    780 @example
    781 type enum = (a);
    782 @end example
    783 
    784 @noindent
    785 (These declarations are contrived, but they are syntactically
    786 valid, and more-complicated cases can come up in practical programs.)
    787 
    788 These two declarations look identical until the @samp{..} token.
    789 With normal @acronym{LALR}(1) one-token look-ahead it is not
    790 possible to decide between the two forms when the identifier
    791 @samp{a} is parsed.  It is, however, desirable
    792 for a parser to decide this, since in the latter case
    793 @samp{a} must become a new identifier to represent the enumeration
    794 value, while in the former case @samp{a} must be evaluated with its
    795 current meaning, which may be a constant or even a function call.
    796 
    797 You could parse @samp{(a)} as an ``unspecified identifier in parentheses'',
    798 to be resolved later, but this typically requires substantial
    799 contortions in both semantic actions and large parts of the
    800 grammar, where the parentheses are nested in the recursive rules for
    801 expressions.
    802 
    803 You might think of using the lexer to distinguish between the two
    804 forms by returning different tokens for currently defined and
    805 undefined identifiers.  But if these declarations occur in a local
    806 scope, and @samp{a} is defined in an outer scope, then both forms
    807 are possible---either locally redefining @samp{a}, or using the
    808 value of @samp{a} from the outer scope.  So this approach cannot
    809 work.
    810 
    811 A simple solution to this problem is to declare the parser to
    812 use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm.
    813 When the @acronym{GLR} parser reaches the critical state, it
    814 merely splits into two branches and pursues both syntax rules
    815 simultaneously.  Sooner or later, one of them runs into a parsing
    816 error.  If there is a @samp{..} token before the next
    817 @samp{;}, the rule for enumerated types fails since it cannot
    818 accept @samp{..} anywhere; otherwise, the subrange type rule
    819 fails since it requires a @samp{..} token.  So one of the branches
    820 fails silently, and the other one continues normally, performing
    821 all the intermediate actions that were postponed during the split.
    822 
    823 If the input is syntactically incorrect, both branches fail and the parser
    824 reports a syntax error as usual.
    825 
    826 The effect of all this is that the parser seems to ``guess'' the
    827 correct branch to take, or in other words, it seems to use more
    828 look-ahead than the underlying @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm actually allows
    829 for.  In this example, @acronym{LALR}(2) would suffice, but also some cases
    830 that are not @acronym{LALR}(@math{k}) for any @math{k} can be handled this way.
    831 
    832 In general, a @acronym{GLR} parser can take quadratic or cubic worst-case time,
    833 and the current Bison parser even takes exponential time and space
    834 for some grammars.  In practice, this rarely happens, and for many
    835 grammars it is possible to prove that it cannot happen.
    836 The present example contains only one conflict between two
    837 rules, and the type-declaration context containing the conflict
    838 cannot be nested.  So the number of
    839 branches that can exist at any time is limited by the constant 2,
    840 and the parsing time is still linear.
    841 
    842 Here is a Bison grammar corresponding to the example above.  It
    843 parses a vastly simplified form of Pascal type declarations.
    844 
    845 @example
    846 %token TYPE DOTDOT ID
    847 
    848 @group
    849 %left '+' '-'
    850 %left '*' '/'
    851 @end group
    852 
    853 %%
    854 
    855 @group
    856 type_decl : TYPE ID '=' type ';'
    857      ;
    858 @end group
    859 
    860 @group
    861 type : '(' id_list ')'
    862      | expr DOTDOT expr
    863      ;
    864 @end group
    865 
    866 @group
    867 id_list : ID
    868      | id_list ',' ID
    869      ;
    870 @end group
    871 
    872 @group
    873 expr : '(' expr ')'
    874      | expr '+' expr
    875      | expr '-' expr
    876      | expr '*' expr
    877      | expr '/' expr
    878      | ID
    879      ;
    880 @end group
    881 @end example
    882 
    883 When used as a normal @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar, Bison correctly complains
    884 about one reduce/reduce conflict.  In the conflicting situation the
    885 parser chooses one of the alternatives, arbitrarily the one
    886 declared first.  Therefore the following correct input is not
    887 recognized:
    888 
    889 @example
    890 type t = (a) .. b;
    891 @end example
    892 
    893 The parser can be turned into a @acronym{GLR} parser, while also telling Bison
    894 to be silent about the one known reduce/reduce conflict, by
    895 adding these two declarations to the Bison input file (before the first
    896 @samp{%%}):
    897 
    898 @example
    899 %glr-parser
    900 %expect-rr 1
    901 @end example
    902 
    903 @noindent
    904 No change in the grammar itself is required.  Now the
    905 parser recognizes all valid declarations, according to the
    906 limited syntax above, transparently.  In fact, the user does not even
    907 notice when the parser splits.
    908 
    909 So here we have a case where we can use the benefits of @acronym{GLR},
    910 almost without disadvantages.  Even in simple cases like this, however,
    911 there are at least two potential problems to beware.  First, always
    912 analyze the conflicts reported by Bison to make sure that @acronym{GLR}
    913 splitting is only done where it is intended.  A @acronym{GLR} parser
    914 splitting inadvertently may cause problems less obvious than an
    915 @acronym{LALR} parser statically choosing the wrong alternative in a
    916 conflict.  Second, consider interactions with the lexer (@pxref{Semantic
    917 Tokens}) with great care.  Since a split parser consumes tokens without
    918 performing any actions during the split, the lexer cannot obtain
    919 information via parser actions.  Some cases of lexer interactions can be
    920 eliminated by using @acronym{GLR} to shift the complications from the
    921 lexer to the parser.  You must check the remaining cases for
    922 correctness.
    923 
    924 In our example, it would be safe for the lexer to return tokens based on
    925 their current meanings in some symbol table, because no new symbols are
    926 defined in the middle of a type declaration.  Though it is possible for
    927 a parser to define the enumeration constants as they are parsed, before
    928 the type declaration is completed, it actually makes no difference since
    929 they cannot be used within the same enumerated type declaration.
    930 
    931 @node Merging GLR Parses
    932 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} to Resolve Ambiguities
    933 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, ambiguous grammars
    934 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, ambiguous grammars
    935 @findex %dprec
    936 @findex %merge
    937 @cindex conflicts
    938 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
    939 
    940 Let's consider an example, vastly simplified from a C++ grammar.
    941 
    942 @example
    943 %@{
    944   #include <stdio.h>
    945   #define YYSTYPE char const *
    946   int yylex (void);
    947   void yyerror (char const *);
    948 %@}
    949 
    950 %token TYPENAME ID
    951 
    952 %right '='
    953 %left '+'
    954 
    955 %glr-parser
    956 
    957 %%
    958 
    959 prog :
    960      | prog stmt   @{ printf ("\n"); @}
    961      ;
    962 
    963 stmt : expr ';'  %dprec 1
    964      | decl      %dprec 2
    965      ;
    966 
    967 expr : ID               @{ printf ("%s ", $$); @}
    968      | TYPENAME '(' expr ')'
    969                         @{ printf ("%s <cast> ", $1); @}
    970      | expr '+' expr    @{ printf ("+ "); @}
    971      | expr '=' expr    @{ printf ("= "); @}
    972      ;
    973 
    974 decl : TYPENAME declarator ';'
    975                         @{ printf ("%s <declare> ", $1); @}
    976      | TYPENAME declarator '=' expr ';'
    977                         @{ printf ("%s <init-declare> ", $1); @}
    978      ;
    979 
    980 declarator : ID         @{ printf ("\"%s\" ", $1); @}
    981      | '(' declarator ')'
    982      ;
    983 @end example
    984 
    985 @noindent
    986 This models a problematic part of the C++ grammar---the ambiguity between
    987 certain declarations and statements.  For example,
    988 
    989 @example
    990 T (x) = y+z;
    991 @end example
    992 
    993 @noindent
    994 parses as either an @code{expr} or a @code{stmt}
    995 (assuming that @samp{T} is recognized as a @code{TYPENAME} and
    996 @samp{x} as an @code{ID}).
    997 Bison detects this as a reduce/reduce conflict between the rules
    998 @code{expr : ID} and @code{declarator : ID}, which it cannot resolve at the
    999 time it encounters @code{x} in the example above.  Since this is a
   1000 @acronym{GLR} parser, it therefore splits the problem into two parses, one for
   1001 each choice of resolving the reduce/reduce conflict.
   1002 Unlike the example from the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}),
   1003 however, neither of these parses ``dies,'' because the grammar as it stands is
   1004 ambiguous.  One of the parsers eventually reduces @code{stmt : expr ';'} and
   1005 the other reduces @code{stmt : decl}, after which both parsers are in an
   1006 identical state: they've seen @samp{prog stmt} and have the same unprocessed
   1007 input remaining.  We say that these parses have @dfn{merged.}
   1008 
   1009 At this point, the @acronym{GLR} parser requires a specification in the
   1010 grammar of how to choose between the competing parses.
   1011 In the example above, the two @code{%dprec}
   1012 declarations specify that Bison is to give precedence
   1013 to the parse that interprets the example as a
   1014 @code{decl}, which implies that @code{x} is a declarator.
   1015 The parser therefore prints
   1016 
   1017 @example
   1018 "x" y z + T <init-declare>
   1019 @end example
   1020 
   1021 The @code{%dprec} declarations only come into play when more than one
   1022 parse survives.  Consider a different input string for this parser:
   1023 
   1024 @example
   1025 T (x) + y;
   1026 @end example
   1027 
   1028 @noindent
   1029 This is another example of using @acronym{GLR} to parse an unambiguous
   1030 construct, as shown in the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}).
   1031 Here, there is no ambiguity (this cannot be parsed as a declaration).
   1032 However, at the time the Bison parser encounters @code{x}, it does not
   1033 have enough information to resolve the reduce/reduce conflict (again,
   1034 between @code{x} as an @code{expr} or a @code{declarator}).  In this
   1035 case, no precedence declaration is used.  Again, the parser splits
   1036 into two, one assuming that @code{x} is an @code{expr}, and the other
   1037 assuming @code{x} is a @code{declarator}.  The second of these parsers
   1038 then vanishes when it sees @code{+}, and the parser prints
   1039 
   1040 @example
   1041 x T <cast> y +
   1042 @end example
   1043 
   1044 Suppose that instead of resolving the ambiguity, you wanted to see all
   1045 the possibilities.  For this purpose, you must merge the semantic
   1046 actions of the two possible parsers, rather than choosing one over the
   1047 other.  To do so, you could change the declaration of @code{stmt} as
   1048 follows:
   1049 
   1050 @example
   1051 stmt : expr ';'  %merge <stmtMerge>
   1052      | decl      %merge <stmtMerge>
   1053      ;
   1054 @end example
   1055 
   1056 @noindent
   1057 and define the @code{stmtMerge} function as:
   1058 
   1059 @example
   1060 static YYSTYPE
   1061 stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1)
   1062 @{
   1063   printf ("<OR> ");
   1064   return "";
   1065 @}
   1066 @end example
   1067 
   1068 @noindent
   1069 with an accompanying forward declaration
   1070 in the C declarations at the beginning of the file:
   1071 
   1072 @example
   1073 %@{
   1074   #define YYSTYPE char const *
   1075   static YYSTYPE stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1);
   1076 %@}
   1077 @end example
   1078 
   1079 @noindent
   1080 With these declarations, the resulting parser parses the first example
   1081 as both an @code{expr} and a @code{decl}, and prints
   1082 
   1083 @example
   1084 "x" y z + T <init-declare> x T <cast> y z + = <OR>
   1085 @end example
   1086 
   1087 Bison requires that all of the
   1088 productions that participate in any particular merge have identical
   1089 @samp{%merge} clauses.  Otherwise, the ambiguity would be unresolvable,
   1090 and the parser will report an error during any parse that results in
   1091 the offending merge.
   1092 
   1093 @node GLR Semantic Actions
   1094 @subsection GLR Semantic Actions
   1095 
   1096 @cindex deferred semantic actions
   1097 By definition, a deferred semantic action is not performed at the same time as
   1098 the associated reduction.
   1099 This raises caveats for several Bison features you might use in a semantic
   1100 action in a @acronym{GLR} parser.
   1101 
   1102 @vindex yychar
   1103 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yychar}
   1104 @vindex yylval
   1105 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yylval}
   1106 @vindex yylloc
   1107 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yylloc}
   1108 In any semantic action, you can examine @code{yychar} to determine the type of
   1109 the look-ahead token present at the time of the associated reduction.
   1110 After checking that @code{yychar} is not set to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF},
   1111 you can then examine @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc} to determine the
   1112 look-ahead token's semantic value and location, if any.
   1113 In a nondeferred semantic action, you can also modify any of these variables to
   1114 influence syntax analysis.
   1115 @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead Tokens}.
   1116 
   1117 @findex yyclearin
   1118 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yyclearin}
   1119 In a deferred semantic action, it's too late to influence syntax analysis.
   1120 In this case, @code{yychar}, @code{yylval}, and @code{yylloc} are set to
   1121 shallow copies of the values they had at the time of the associated reduction.
   1122 For this reason alone, modifying them is dangerous.
   1123 Moreover, the result of modifying them is undefined and subject to change with
   1124 future versions of Bison.
   1125 For example, if a semantic action might be deferred, you should never write it
   1126 to invoke @code{yyclearin} (@pxref{Action Features}) or to attempt to free
   1127 memory referenced by @code{yylval}.
   1128 
   1129 @findex YYERROR
   1130 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{YYERROR}
   1131 Another Bison feature requiring special consideration is @code{YYERROR}
   1132 (@pxref{Action Features}), which you can invoke in a semantic action to
   1133 initiate error recovery.
   1134 During deterministic @acronym{GLR} operation, the effect of @code{YYERROR} is
   1135 the same as its effect in an @acronym{LALR}(1) parser.
   1136 In a deferred semantic action, its effect is undefined.
   1137 @c The effect is probably a syntax error at the split point.
   1138 
   1139 Also, see @ref{Location Default Action, ,Default Action for Locations}, which
   1140 describes a special usage of @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} in @acronym{GLR} parsers.
   1141 
   1142 @node Compiler Requirements
   1143 @subsection Considerations when Compiling @acronym{GLR} Parsers
   1144 @cindex @code{inline}
   1145 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{inline}
   1146 
   1147 The @acronym{GLR} parsers require a compiler for @acronym{ISO} C89 or
   1148 later.  In addition, they use the @code{inline} keyword, which is not
   1149 C89, but is C99 and is a common extension in pre-C99 compilers.  It is
   1150 up to the user of these parsers to handle
   1151 portability issues.  For instance, if using Autoconf and the Autoconf
   1152 macro @code{AC_C_INLINE}, a mere
   1153 
   1154 @example
   1155 %@{
   1156   #include <config.h>
   1157 %@}
   1158 @end example
   1159 
   1160 @noindent
   1161 will suffice.  Otherwise, we suggest
   1162 
   1163 @example
   1164 %@{
   1165   #if __STDC_VERSION__ < 199901 && ! defined __GNUC__ && ! defined inline
   1166    #define inline
   1167   #endif
   1168 %@}
   1169 @end example
   1170 
   1171 @node Locations Overview
   1172 @section Locations
   1173 @cindex location
   1174 @cindex textual location
   1175 @cindex location, textual
   1176 
   1177 Many applications, like interpreters or compilers, have to produce verbose
   1178 and useful error messages.  To achieve this, one must be able to keep track of
   1179 the @dfn{textual location}, or @dfn{location}, of each syntactic construct.
   1180 Bison provides a mechanism for handling these locations.
   1181 
   1182 Each token has a semantic value.  In a similar fashion, each token has an
   1183 associated location, but the type of locations is the same for all tokens and
   1184 groupings.  Moreover, the output parser is equipped with a default data
   1185 structure for storing locations (@pxref{Locations}, for more details).
   1186 
   1187 Like semantic values, locations can be reached in actions using a dedicated
   1188 set of constructs.  In the example above, the location of the whole grouping
   1189 is @code{@@$}, while the locations of the subexpressions are @code{@@1} and
   1190 @code{@@3}.
   1191 
   1192 When a rule is matched, a default action is used to compute the semantic value
   1193 of its left hand side (@pxref{Actions}).  In the same way, another default
   1194 action is used for locations.  However, the action for locations is general
   1195 enough for most cases, meaning there is usually no need to describe for each
   1196 rule how @code{@@$} should be formed.  When building a new location for a given
   1197 grouping, the default behavior of the output parser is to take the beginning
   1198 of the first symbol, and the end of the last symbol.
   1199 
   1200 @node Bison Parser
   1201 @section Bison Output: the Parser File
   1202 @cindex Bison parser
   1203 @cindex Bison utility
   1204 @cindex lexical analyzer, purpose
   1205 @cindex parser
   1206 
   1207 When you run Bison, you give it a Bison grammar file as input.  The output
   1208 is a C source file that parses the language described by the grammar.
   1209 This file is called a @dfn{Bison parser}.  Keep in mind that the Bison
   1210 utility and the Bison parser are two distinct programs: the Bison utility
   1211 is a program whose output is the Bison parser that becomes part of your
   1212 program.
   1213 
   1214 The job of the Bison parser is to group tokens into groupings according to
   1215 the grammar rules---for example, to build identifiers and operators into
   1216 expressions.  As it does this, it runs the actions for the grammar rules it
   1217 uses.
   1218 
   1219 The tokens come from a function called the @dfn{lexical analyzer} that
   1220 you must supply in some fashion (such as by writing it in C).  The Bison
   1221 parser calls the lexical analyzer each time it wants a new token.  It
   1222 doesn't know what is ``inside'' the tokens (though their semantic values
   1223 may reflect this).  Typically the lexical analyzer makes the tokens by
   1224 parsing characters of text, but Bison does not depend on this.
   1225 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
   1226 
   1227 The Bison parser file is C code which defines a function named
   1228 @code{yyparse} which implements that grammar.  This function does not make
   1229 a complete C program: you must supply some additional functions.  One is
   1230 the lexical analyzer.  Another is an error-reporting function which the
   1231 parser calls to report an error.  In addition, a complete C program must
   1232 start with a function called @code{main}; you have to provide this, and
   1233 arrange for it to call @code{yyparse} or the parser will never run.
   1234 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
   1235 
   1236 Aside from the token type names and the symbols in the actions you
   1237 write, all symbols defined in the Bison parser file itself
   1238 begin with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}.  This includes interface functions
   1239 such as the lexical analyzer function @code{yylex}, the error reporting
   1240 function @code{yyerror} and the parser function @code{yyparse} itself.
   1241 This also includes numerous identifiers used for internal purposes.
   1242 Therefore, you should avoid using C identifiers starting with @samp{yy}
   1243 or @samp{YY} in the Bison grammar file except for the ones defined in
   1244 this manual.  Also, you should avoid using the C identifiers
   1245 @samp{malloc} and @samp{free} for anything other than their usual
   1246 meanings.
   1247 
   1248 In some cases the Bison parser file includes system headers, and in
   1249 those cases your code should respect the identifiers reserved by those
   1250 headers.  On some non-@acronym{GNU} hosts, @code{<alloca.h>}, @code{<malloc.h>},
   1251 @code{<stddef.h>}, and @code{<stdlib.h>} are included as needed to
   1252 declare memory allocators and related types.  @code{<libintl.h>} is
   1253 included if message translation is in use
   1254 (@pxref{Internationalization}).  Other system headers may
   1255 be included if you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value
   1256 (@pxref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}).
   1257 
   1258 @node Stages
   1259 @section Stages in Using Bison
   1260 @cindex stages in using Bison
   1261 @cindex using Bison
   1262 
   1263 The actual language-design process using Bison, from grammar specification
   1264 to a working compiler or interpreter, has these parts:
   1265 
   1266 @enumerate
   1267 @item
   1268 Formally specify the grammar in a form recognized by Bison
   1269 (@pxref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}).  For each grammatical rule
   1270 in the language, describe the action that is to be taken when an
   1271 instance of that rule is recognized.  The action is described by a
   1272 sequence of C statements.
   1273 
   1274 @item
   1275 Write a lexical analyzer to process input and pass tokens to the parser.
   1276 The lexical analyzer may be written by hand in C (@pxref{Lexical, ,The
   1277 Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}).  It could also be produced
   1278 using Lex, but the use of Lex is not discussed in this manual.
   1279 
   1280 @item
   1281 Write a controlling function that calls the Bison-produced parser.
   1282 
   1283 @item
   1284 Write error-reporting routines.
   1285 @end enumerate
   1286 
   1287 To turn this source code as written into a runnable program, you
   1288 must follow these steps:
   1289 
   1290 @enumerate
   1291 @item
   1292 Run Bison on the grammar to produce the parser.
   1293 
   1294 @item
   1295 Compile the code output by Bison, as well as any other source files.
   1296 
   1297 @item
   1298 Link the object files to produce the finished product.
   1299 @end enumerate
   1300 
   1301 @node Grammar Layout
   1302 @section The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar
   1303 @cindex grammar file
   1304 @cindex file format
   1305 @cindex format of grammar file
   1306 @cindex layout of Bison grammar
   1307 
   1308 The input file for the Bison utility is a @dfn{Bison grammar file}.  The
   1309 general form of a Bison grammar file is as follows:
   1310 
   1311 @example
   1312 %@{
   1313 @var{Prologue}
   1314 %@}
   1315 
   1316 @var{Bison declarations}
   1317 
   1318 %%
   1319 @var{Grammar rules}
   1320 %%
   1321 @var{Epilogue}
   1322 @end example
   1323 
   1324 @noindent
   1325 The @samp{%%}, @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} are punctuation that appears
   1326 in every Bison grammar file to separate the sections.
   1327 
   1328 The prologue may define types and variables used in the actions.  You can
   1329 also use preprocessor commands to define macros used there, and use
   1330 @code{#include} to include header files that do any of these things.
   1331 You need to declare the lexical analyzer @code{yylex} and the error
   1332 printer @code{yyerror} here, along with any other global identifiers
   1333 used by the actions in the grammar rules.
   1334 
   1335 The Bison declarations declare the names of the terminal and nonterminal
   1336 symbols, and may also describe operator precedence and the data types of
   1337 semantic values of various symbols.
   1338 
   1339 The grammar rules define how to construct each nonterminal symbol from its
   1340 parts.
   1341 
   1342 The epilogue can contain any code you want to use.  Often the
   1343 definitions of functions declared in the prologue go here.  In a
   1344 simple program, all the rest of the program can go here.
   1345 
   1346 @node Examples
   1347 @chapter Examples
   1348 @cindex simple examples
   1349 @cindex examples, simple
   1350 
   1351 Now we show and explain three sample programs written using Bison: a
   1352 reverse polish notation calculator, an algebraic (infix) notation
   1353 calculator, and a multi-function calculator.  All three have been tested
   1354 under BSD Unix 4.3; each produces a usable, though limited, interactive
   1355 desk-top calculator.
   1356 
   1357 These examples are simple, but Bison grammars for real programming
   1358 languages are written the same way.  You can copy these examples into a
   1359 source file to try them.
   1360 
   1361 @menu
   1362 * RPN Calc::          Reverse polish notation calculator;
   1363                         a first example with no operator precedence.
   1364 * Infix Calc::        Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
   1365                         Operator precedence is introduced.
   1366 * Simple Error Recovery::  Continuing after syntax errors.
   1367 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
   1368 * Multi-function Calc::  Calculator with memory and trig functions.
   1369                            It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
   1370 * Exercises::         Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
   1371 @end menu
   1372 
   1373 @node RPN Calc
   1374 @section Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
   1375 @cindex reverse polish notation
   1376 @cindex polish notation calculator
   1377 @cindex @code{rpcalc}
   1378 @cindex calculator, simple
   1379 
   1380 The first example is that of a simple double-precision @dfn{reverse polish
   1381 notation} calculator (a calculator using postfix operators).  This example
   1382 provides a good starting point, since operator precedence is not an issue.
   1383 The second example will illustrate how operator precedence is handled.
   1384 
   1385 The source code for this calculator is named @file{rpcalc.y}.  The
   1386 @samp{.y} extension is a convention used for Bison input files.
   1387 
   1388 @menu
   1389 * Decls: Rpcalc Decls.  Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
   1390 * Rules: Rpcalc Rules.  Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
   1391 * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer.  The lexical analyzer.
   1392 * Main: Rpcalc Main.    The controlling function.
   1393 * Error: Rpcalc Error.  The error reporting function.
   1394 * Gen: Rpcalc Gen.      Running Bison on the grammar file.
   1395 * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code.
   1396 @end menu
   1397 
   1398 @node Rpcalc Decls
   1399 @subsection Declarations for @code{rpcalc}
   1400 
   1401 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the reverse polish notation
   1402 calculator.  As in C, comments are placed between @samp{/*@dots{}*/}.
   1403 
   1404 @example
   1405 /* Reverse polish notation calculator.  */
   1406 
   1407 %@{
   1408   #define YYSTYPE double
   1409   #include <math.h>
   1410   int yylex (void);
   1411   void yyerror (char const *);
   1412 %@}
   1413 
   1414 %token NUM
   1415 
   1416 %% /* Grammar rules and actions follow.  */
   1417 @end example
   1418 
   1419 The declarations section (@pxref{Prologue, , The prologue}) contains two
   1420 preprocessor directives and two forward declarations.
   1421 
   1422 The @code{#define} directive defines the macro @code{YYSTYPE}, thus
   1423 specifying the C data type for semantic values of both tokens and
   1424 groupings (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}).  The
   1425 Bison parser will use whatever type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined as; if you
   1426 don't define it, @code{int} is the default.  Because we specify
   1427 @code{double}, each token and each expression has an associated value,
   1428 which is a floating point number.
   1429 
   1430 The @code{#include} directive is used to declare the exponentiation
   1431 function @code{pow}.
   1432 
   1433 The forward declarations for @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} are
   1434 needed because the C language requires that functions be declared
   1435 before they are used.  These functions will be defined in the
   1436 epilogue, but the parser calls them so they must be declared in the
   1437 prologue.
   1438 
   1439 The second section, Bison declarations, provides information to Bison
   1440 about the token types (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison
   1441 Declarations Section}).  Each terminal symbol that is not a
   1442 single-character literal must be declared here.  (Single-character
   1443 literals normally don't need to be declared.)  In this example, all the
   1444 arithmetic operators are designated by single-character literals, so the
   1445 only terminal symbol that needs to be declared is @code{NUM}, the token
   1446 type for numeric constants.
   1447 
   1448 @node Rpcalc Rules
   1449 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
   1450 
   1451 Here are the grammar rules for the reverse polish notation calculator.
   1452 
   1453 @example
   1454 input:    /* empty */
   1455         | input line
   1456 ;
   1457 
   1458 line:     '\n'
   1459         | exp '\n'      @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
   1460 ;
   1461 
   1462 exp:      NUM           @{ $$ = $1;           @}
   1463         | exp exp '+'   @{ $$ = $1 + $2;      @}
   1464         | exp exp '-'   @{ $$ = $1 - $2;      @}
   1465         | exp exp '*'   @{ $$ = $1 * $2;      @}
   1466         | exp exp '/'   @{ $$ = $1 / $2;      @}
   1467          /* Exponentiation */
   1468         | exp exp '^'   @{ $$ = pow ($1, $2); @}
   1469          /* Unary minus    */
   1470         | exp 'n'       @{ $$ = -$1;          @}
   1471 ;
   1472 %%
   1473 @end example
   1474 
   1475 The groupings of the rpcalc ``language'' defined here are the expression
   1476 (given the name @code{exp}), the line of input (@code{line}), and the
   1477 complete input transcript (@code{input}).  Each of these nonterminal
   1478 symbols has several alternate rules, joined by the vertical bar @samp{|}
   1479 which is read as ``or''.  The following sections explain what these rules
   1480 mean.
   1481 
   1482 The semantics of the language is determined by the actions taken when a
   1483 grouping is recognized.  The actions are the C code that appears inside
   1484 braces.  @xref{Actions}.
   1485 
   1486 You must specify these actions in C, but Bison provides the means for
   1487 passing semantic values between the rules.  In each action, the
   1488 pseudo-variable @code{$$} stands for the semantic value for the grouping
   1489 that the rule is going to construct.  Assigning a value to @code{$$} is the
   1490 main job of most actions.  The semantic values of the components of the
   1491 rule are referred to as @code{$1}, @code{$2}, and so on.
   1492 
   1493 @menu
   1494 * Rpcalc Input::
   1495 * Rpcalc Line::
   1496 * Rpcalc Expr::
   1497 @end menu
   1498 
   1499 @node Rpcalc Input
   1500 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{input}
   1501 
   1502 Consider the definition of @code{input}:
   1503 
   1504 @example
   1505 input:    /* empty */
   1506         | input line
   1507 ;
   1508 @end example
   1509 
   1510 This definition reads as follows: ``A complete input is either an empty
   1511 string, or a complete input followed by an input line''.  Notice that
   1512 ``complete input'' is defined in terms of itself.  This definition is said
   1513 to be @dfn{left recursive} since @code{input} appears always as the
   1514 leftmost symbol in the sequence.  @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
   1515 
   1516 The first alternative is empty because there are no symbols between the
   1517 colon and the first @samp{|}; this means that @code{input} can match an
   1518 empty string of input (no tokens).  We write the rules this way because it
   1519 is legitimate to type @kbd{Ctrl-d} right after you start the calculator.
   1520 It's conventional to put an empty alternative first and write the comment
   1521 @samp{/* empty */} in it.
   1522 
   1523 The second alternate rule (@code{input line}) handles all nontrivial input.
   1524 It means, ``After reading any number of lines, read one more line if
   1525 possible.''  The left recursion makes this rule into a loop.  Since the
   1526 first alternative matches empty input, the loop can be executed zero or
   1527 more times.
   1528 
   1529 The parser function @code{yyparse} continues to process input until a
   1530 grammatical error is seen or the lexical analyzer says there are no more
   1531 input tokens; we will arrange for the latter to happen at end-of-input.
   1532 
   1533 @node Rpcalc Line
   1534 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{line}
   1535 
   1536 Now consider the definition of @code{line}:
   1537 
   1538 @example
   1539 line:     '\n'
   1540         | exp '\n'  @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
   1541 ;
   1542 @end example
   1543 
   1544 The first alternative is a token which is a newline character; this means
   1545 that rpcalc accepts a blank line (and ignores it, since there is no
   1546 action).  The second alternative is an expression followed by a newline.
   1547 This is the alternative that makes rpcalc useful.  The semantic value of
   1548 the @code{exp} grouping is the value of @code{$1} because the @code{exp} in
   1549 question is the first symbol in the alternative.  The action prints this
   1550 value, which is the result of the computation the user asked for.
   1551 
   1552 This action is unusual because it does not assign a value to @code{$$}.  As
   1553 a consequence, the semantic value associated with the @code{line} is
   1554 uninitialized (its value will be unpredictable).  This would be a bug if
   1555 that value were ever used, but we don't use it: once rpcalc has printed the
   1556 value of the user's input line, that value is no longer needed.
   1557 
   1558 @node Rpcalc Expr
   1559 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{expr}
   1560 
   1561 The @code{exp} grouping has several rules, one for each kind of expression.
   1562 The first rule handles the simplest expressions: those that are just numbers.
   1563 The second handles an addition-expression, which looks like two expressions
   1564 followed by a plus-sign.  The third handles subtraction, and so on.
   1565 
   1566 @example
   1567 exp:      NUM
   1568         | exp exp '+'     @{ $$ = $1 + $2;    @}
   1569         | exp exp '-'     @{ $$ = $1 - $2;    @}
   1570         @dots{}
   1571         ;
   1572 @end example
   1573 
   1574 We have used @samp{|} to join all the rules for @code{exp}, but we could
   1575 equally well have written them separately:
   1576 
   1577 @example
   1578 exp:      NUM ;
   1579 exp:      exp exp '+'     @{ $$ = $1 + $2;    @} ;
   1580 exp:      exp exp '-'     @{ $$ = $1 - $2;    @} ;
   1581         @dots{}
   1582 @end example
   1583 
   1584 Most of the rules have actions that compute the value of the expression in
   1585 terms of the value of its parts.  For example, in the rule for addition,
   1586 @code{$1} refers to the first component @code{exp} and @code{$2} refers to
   1587 the second one.  The third component, @code{'+'}, has no meaningful
   1588 associated semantic value, but if it had one you could refer to it as
   1589 @code{$3}.  When @code{yyparse} recognizes a sum expression using this
   1590 rule, the sum of the two subexpressions' values is produced as the value of
   1591 the entire expression.  @xref{Actions}.
   1592 
   1593 You don't have to give an action for every rule.  When a rule has no
   1594 action, Bison by default copies the value of @code{$1} into @code{$$}.
   1595 This is what happens in the first rule (the one that uses @code{NUM}).
   1596 
   1597 The formatting shown here is the recommended convention, but Bison does
   1598 not require it.  You can add or change white space as much as you wish.
   1599 For example, this:
   1600 
   1601 @example
   1602 exp   : NUM | exp exp '+' @{$$ = $1 + $2; @} | @dots{} ;
   1603 @end example
   1604 
   1605 @noindent
   1606 means the same thing as this:
   1607 
   1608 @example
   1609 exp:      NUM
   1610         | exp exp '+'    @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
   1611         | @dots{}
   1612 ;
   1613 @end example
   1614 
   1615 @noindent
   1616 The latter, however, is much more readable.
   1617 
   1618 @node Rpcalc Lexer
   1619 @subsection The @code{rpcalc} Lexical Analyzer
   1620 @cindex writing a lexical analyzer
   1621 @cindex lexical analyzer, writing
   1622 
   1623 The lexical analyzer's job is low-level parsing: converting characters
   1624 or sequences of characters into tokens.  The Bison parser gets its
   1625 tokens by calling the lexical analyzer.  @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical
   1626 Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
   1627 
   1628 Only a simple lexical analyzer is needed for the @acronym{RPN}
   1629 calculator.  This
   1630 lexical analyzer skips blanks and tabs, then reads in numbers as
   1631 @code{double} and returns them as @code{NUM} tokens.  Any other character
   1632 that isn't part of a number is a separate token.  Note that the token-code
   1633 for such a single-character token is the character itself.
   1634 
   1635 The return value of the lexical analyzer function is a numeric code which
   1636 represents a token type.  The same text used in Bison rules to stand for
   1637 this token type is also a C expression for the numeric code for the type.
   1638 This works in two ways.  If the token type is a character literal, then its
   1639 numeric code is that of the character; you can use the same
   1640 character literal in the lexical analyzer to express the number.  If the
   1641 token type is an identifier, that identifier is defined by Bison as a C
   1642 macro whose definition is the appropriate number.  In this example,
   1643 therefore, @code{NUM} becomes a macro for @code{yylex} to use.
   1644 
   1645 The semantic value of the token (if it has one) is stored into the
   1646 global variable @code{yylval}, which is where the Bison parser will look
   1647 for it.  (The C data type of @code{yylval} is @code{YYSTYPE}, which was
   1648 defined at the beginning of the grammar; @pxref{Rpcalc Decls,
   1649 ,Declarations for @code{rpcalc}}.)
   1650 
   1651 A token type code of zero is returned if the end-of-input is encountered.
   1652 (Bison recognizes any nonpositive value as indicating end-of-input.)
   1653 
   1654 Here is the code for the lexical analyzer:
   1655 
   1656 @example
   1657 @group
   1658 /* The lexical analyzer returns a double floating point
   1659    number on the stack and the token NUM, or the numeric code
   1660    of the character read if not a number.  It skips all blanks
   1661    and tabs, and returns 0 for end-of-input.  */
   1662 
   1663 #include <ctype.h>
   1664 @end group
   1665 
   1666 @group
   1667 int
   1668 yylex (void)
   1669 @{
   1670   int c;
   1671 
   1672   /* Skip white space.  */
   1673   while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
   1674     ;
   1675 @end group
   1676 @group
   1677   /* Process numbers.  */
   1678   if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
   1679     @{
   1680       ungetc (c, stdin);
   1681       scanf ("%lf", &yylval);
   1682       return NUM;
   1683     @}
   1684 @end group
   1685 @group
   1686   /* Return end-of-input.  */
   1687   if (c == EOF)
   1688     return 0;
   1689   /* Return a single char.  */
   1690   return c;
   1691 @}
   1692 @end group
   1693 @end example
   1694 
   1695 @node Rpcalc Main
   1696 @subsection The Controlling Function
   1697 @cindex controlling function
   1698 @cindex main function in simple example
   1699 
   1700 In keeping with the spirit of this example, the controlling function is
   1701 kept to the bare minimum.  The only requirement is that it call
   1702 @code{yyparse} to start the process of parsing.
   1703 
   1704 @example
   1705 @group
   1706 int
   1707 main (void)
   1708 @{
   1709   return yyparse ();
   1710 @}
   1711 @end group
   1712 @end example
   1713 
   1714 @node Rpcalc Error
   1715 @subsection The Error Reporting Routine
   1716 @cindex error reporting routine
   1717 
   1718 When @code{yyparse} detects a syntax error, it calls the error reporting
   1719 function @code{yyerror} to print an error message (usually but not
   1720 always @code{"syntax error"}).  It is up to the programmer to supply
   1721 @code{yyerror} (@pxref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}), so
   1722 here is the definition we will use:
   1723 
   1724 @example
   1725 @group
   1726 #include <stdio.h>
   1727 
   1728 /* Called by yyparse on error.  */
   1729 void
   1730 yyerror (char const *s)
   1731 @{
   1732   fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
   1733 @}
   1734 @end group
   1735 @end example
   1736 
   1737 After @code{yyerror} returns, the Bison parser may recover from the error
   1738 and continue parsing if the grammar contains a suitable error rule
   1739 (@pxref{Error Recovery}).  Otherwise, @code{yyparse} returns nonzero.  We
   1740 have not written any error rules in this example, so any invalid input will
   1741 cause the calculator program to exit.  This is not clean behavior for a
   1742 real calculator, but it is adequate for the first example.
   1743 
   1744 @node Rpcalc Gen
   1745 @subsection Running Bison to Make the Parser
   1746 @cindex running Bison (introduction)
   1747 
   1748 Before running Bison to produce a parser, we need to decide how to
   1749 arrange all the source code in one or more source files.  For such a
   1750 simple example, the easiest thing is to put everything in one file.  The
   1751 definitions of @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} go at the
   1752 end, in the epilogue of the file
   1753 (@pxref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}).
   1754 
   1755 For a large project, you would probably have several source files, and use
   1756 @code{make} to arrange to recompile them.
   1757 
   1758 With all the source in a single file, you use the following command to
   1759 convert it into a parser file:
   1760 
   1761 @example
   1762 bison @var{file}.y
   1763 @end example
   1764 
   1765 @noindent
   1766 In this example the file was called @file{rpcalc.y} (for ``Reverse Polish
   1767 @sc{calc}ulator'').  Bison produces a file named @file{@var{file}.tab.c},
   1768 removing the @samp{.y} from the original file name.  The file output by
   1769 Bison contains the source code for @code{yyparse}.  The additional
   1770 functions in the input file (@code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main})
   1771 are copied verbatim to the output.
   1772 
   1773 @node Rpcalc Compile
   1774 @subsection Compiling the Parser File
   1775 @cindex compiling the parser
   1776 
   1777 Here is how to compile and run the parser file:
   1778 
   1779 @example
   1780 @group
   1781 # @r{List files in current directory.}
   1782 $ @kbd{ls}
   1783 rpcalc.tab.c  rpcalc.y
   1784 @end group
   1785 
   1786 @group
   1787 # @r{Compile the Bison parser.}
   1788 # @r{@samp{-lm} tells compiler to search math library for @code{pow}.}
   1789 $ @kbd{cc -lm -o rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c}
   1790 @end group
   1791 
   1792 @group
   1793 # @r{List files again.}
   1794 $ @kbd{ls}
   1795 rpcalc  rpcalc.tab.c  rpcalc.y
   1796 @end group
   1797 @end example
   1798 
   1799 The file @file{rpcalc} now contains the executable code.  Here is an
   1800 example session using @code{rpcalc}.
   1801 
   1802 @example
   1803 $ @kbd{rpcalc}
   1804 @kbd{4 9 +}
   1805 13
   1806 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 *+-}
   1807 -13
   1808 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 * + - n}              @r{Note the unary minus, @samp{n}}
   1809 13
   1810 @kbd{5 6 / 4 n +}
   1811 -3.166666667
   1812 @kbd{3 4 ^}                            @r{Exponentiation}
   1813 81
   1814 @kbd{^D}                               @r{End-of-file indicator}
   1815 $
   1816 @end example
   1817 
   1818 @node Infix Calc
   1819 @section Infix Notation Calculator: @code{calc}
   1820 @cindex infix notation calculator
   1821 @cindex @code{calc}
   1822 @cindex calculator, infix notation
   1823 
   1824 We now modify rpcalc to handle infix operators instead of postfix.  Infix
   1825 notation involves the concept of operator precedence and the need for
   1826 parentheses nested to arbitrary depth.  Here is the Bison code for
   1827 @file{calc.y}, an infix desk-top calculator.
   1828 
   1829 @example
   1830 /* Infix notation calculator.  */
   1831 
   1832 %@{
   1833   #define YYSTYPE double
   1834   #include <math.h>
   1835   #include <stdio.h>
   1836   int yylex (void);
   1837   void yyerror (char const *);
   1838 %@}
   1839 
   1840 /* Bison declarations.  */
   1841 %token NUM
   1842 %left '-' '+'
   1843 %left '*' '/'
   1844 %left NEG     /* negation--unary minus */
   1845 %right '^'    /* exponentiation */
   1846 
   1847 %% /* The grammar follows.  */
   1848 input:    /* empty */
   1849         | input line
   1850 ;
   1851 
   1852 line:     '\n'
   1853         | exp '\n'  @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
   1854 ;
   1855 
   1856 exp:      NUM                @{ $$ = $1;         @}
   1857         | exp '+' exp        @{ $$ = $1 + $3;    @}
   1858         | exp '-' exp        @{ $$ = $1 - $3;    @}
   1859         | exp '*' exp        @{ $$ = $1 * $3;    @}
   1860         | exp '/' exp        @{ $$ = $1 / $3;    @}
   1861         | '-' exp  %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2;        @}
   1862         | exp '^' exp        @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
   1863         | '(' exp ')'        @{ $$ = $2;         @}
   1864 ;
   1865 %%
   1866 @end example
   1867 
   1868 @noindent
   1869 The functions @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} can be the
   1870 same as before.
   1871 
   1872 There are two important new features shown in this code.
   1873 
   1874 In the second section (Bison declarations), @code{%left} declares token
   1875 types and says they are left-associative operators.  The declarations
   1876 @code{%left} and @code{%right} (right associativity) take the place of
   1877 @code{%token} which is used to declare a token type name without
   1878 associativity.  (These tokens are single-character literals, which
   1879 ordinarily don't need to be declared.  We declare them here to specify
   1880 the associativity.)
   1881 
   1882 Operator precedence is determined by the line ordering of the
   1883 declarations; the higher the line number of the declaration (lower on
   1884 the page or screen), the higher the precedence.  Hence, exponentiation
   1885 has the highest precedence, unary minus (@code{NEG}) is next, followed
   1886 by @samp{*} and @samp{/}, and so on.  @xref{Precedence, ,Operator
   1887 Precedence}.
   1888 
   1889 The other important new feature is the @code{%prec} in the grammar
   1890 section for the unary minus operator.  The @code{%prec} simply instructs
   1891 Bison that the rule @samp{| '-' exp} has the same precedence as
   1892 @code{NEG}---in this case the next-to-highest.  @xref{Contextual
   1893 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
   1894 
   1895 Here is a sample run of @file{calc.y}:
   1896 
   1897 @need 500
   1898 @example
   1899 $ @kbd{calc}
   1900 @kbd{4 + 4.5 - (34/(8*3+-3))}
   1901 6.880952381
   1902 @kbd{-56 + 2}
   1903 -54
   1904 @kbd{3 ^ 2}
   1905 9
   1906 @end example
   1907 
   1908 @node Simple Error Recovery
   1909 @section Simple Error Recovery
   1910 @cindex error recovery, simple
   1911 
   1912 Up to this point, this manual has not addressed the issue of @dfn{error
   1913 recovery}---how to continue parsing after the parser detects a syntax
   1914 error.  All we have handled is error reporting with @code{yyerror}.
   1915 Recall that by default @code{yyparse} returns after calling
   1916 @code{yyerror}.  This means that an erroneous input line causes the
   1917 calculator program to exit.  Now we show how to rectify this deficiency.
   1918 
   1919 The Bison language itself includes the reserved word @code{error}, which
   1920 may be included in the grammar rules.  In the example below it has
   1921 been added to one of the alternatives for @code{line}:
   1922 
   1923 @example
   1924 @group
   1925 line:     '\n'
   1926         | exp '\n'   @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
   1927         | error '\n' @{ yyerrok;                  @}
   1928 ;
   1929 @end group
   1930 @end example
   1931 
   1932 This addition to the grammar allows for simple error recovery in the
   1933 event of a syntax error.  If an expression that cannot be evaluated is
   1934 read, the error will be recognized by the third rule for @code{line},
   1935 and parsing will continue.  (The @code{yyerror} function is still called
   1936 upon to print its message as well.)  The action executes the statement
   1937 @code{yyerrok}, a macro defined automatically by Bison; its meaning is
   1938 that error recovery is complete (@pxref{Error Recovery}).  Note the
   1939 difference between @code{yyerrok} and @code{yyerror}; neither one is a
   1940 misprint.
   1941 
   1942 This form of error recovery deals with syntax errors.  There are other
   1943 kinds of errors; for example, division by zero, which raises an exception
   1944 signal that is normally fatal.  A real calculator program must handle this
   1945 signal and use @code{longjmp} to return to @code{main} and resume parsing
   1946 input lines; it would also have to discard the rest of the current line of
   1947 input.  We won't discuss this issue further because it is not specific to
   1948 Bison programs.
   1949 
   1950 @node Location Tracking Calc
   1951 @section Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
   1952 @cindex location tracking calculator
   1953 @cindex @code{ltcalc}
   1954 @cindex calculator, location tracking
   1955 
   1956 This example extends the infix notation calculator with location
   1957 tracking.  This feature will be used to improve the error messages.  For
   1958 the sake of clarity, this example is a simple integer calculator, since
   1959 most of the work needed to use locations will be done in the lexical
   1960 analyzer.
   1961 
   1962 @menu
   1963 * Decls: Ltcalc Decls.  Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
   1964 * Rules: Ltcalc Rules.  Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
   1965 * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer.  The lexical analyzer.
   1966 @end menu
   1967 
   1968 @node Ltcalc Decls
   1969 @subsection Declarations for @code{ltcalc}
   1970 
   1971 The C and Bison declarations for the location tracking calculator are
   1972 the same as the declarations for the infix notation calculator.
   1973 
   1974 @example
   1975 /* Location tracking calculator.  */
   1976 
   1977 %@{
   1978   #define YYSTYPE int
   1979   #include <math.h>
   1980   int yylex (void);
   1981   void yyerror (char const *);
   1982 %@}
   1983 
   1984 /* Bison declarations.  */
   1985 %token NUM
   1986 
   1987 %left '-' '+'
   1988 %left '*' '/'
   1989 %left NEG
   1990 %right '^'
   1991 
   1992 %% /* The grammar follows.  */
   1993 @end example
   1994 
   1995 @noindent
   1996 Note there are no declarations specific to locations.  Defining a data
   1997 type for storing locations is not needed: we will use the type provided
   1998 by default (@pxref{Location Type, ,Data Types of Locations}), which is a
   1999 four member structure with the following integer fields:
   2000 @code{first_line}, @code{first_column}, @code{last_line} and
   2001 @code{last_column}.
   2002 
   2003 @node Ltcalc Rules
   2004 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{ltcalc}
   2005 
   2006 Whether handling locations or not has no effect on the syntax of your
   2007 language.  Therefore, grammar rules for this example will be very close
   2008 to those of the previous example: we will only modify them to benefit
   2009 from the new information.
   2010 
   2011 Here, we will use locations to report divisions by zero, and locate the
   2012 wrong expressions or subexpressions.
   2013 
   2014 @example
   2015 @group
   2016 input   : /* empty */
   2017         | input line
   2018 ;
   2019 @end group
   2020 
   2021 @group
   2022 line    : '\n'
   2023         | exp '\n' @{ printf ("%d\n", $1); @}
   2024 ;
   2025 @end group
   2026 
   2027 @group
   2028 exp     : NUM           @{ $$ = $1; @}
   2029         | exp '+' exp   @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
   2030         | exp '-' exp   @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
   2031         | exp '*' exp   @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
   2032 @end group
   2033 @group
   2034         | exp '/' exp
   2035             @{
   2036               if ($3)
   2037                 $$ = $1 / $3;
   2038               else
   2039                 @{
   2040                   $$ = 1;
   2041                   fprintf (stderr, "%d.%d-%d.%d: division by zero",
   2042                            @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
   2043                            @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
   2044                 @}
   2045             @}
   2046 @end group
   2047 @group
   2048         | '-' exp %preg NEG     @{ $$ = -$2; @}
   2049         | exp '^' exp           @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
   2050         | '(' exp ')'           @{ $$ = $2; @}
   2051 @end group
   2052 @end example
   2053 
   2054 This code shows how to reach locations inside of semantic actions, by
   2055 using the pseudo-variables @code{@@@var{n}} for rule components, and the
   2056 pseudo-variable @code{@@$} for groupings.
   2057 
   2058 We don't need to assign a value to @code{@@$}: the output parser does it
   2059 automatically.  By default, before executing the C code of each action,
   2060 @code{@@$} is set to range from the beginning of @code{@@1} to the end
   2061 of @code{@@@var{n}}, for a rule with @var{n} components.  This behavior
   2062 can be redefined (@pxref{Location Default Action, , Default Action for
   2063 Locations}), and for very specific rules, @code{@@$} can be computed by
   2064 hand.
   2065 
   2066 @node Ltcalc Lexer
   2067 @subsection The @code{ltcalc} Lexical Analyzer.
   2068 
   2069 Until now, we relied on Bison's defaults to enable location
   2070 tracking.  The next step is to rewrite the lexical analyzer, and make it
   2071 able to feed the parser with the token locations, as it already does for
   2072 semantic values.
   2073 
   2074 To this end, we must take into account every single character of the
   2075 input text, to avoid the computed locations of being fuzzy or wrong:
   2076 
   2077 @example
   2078 @group
   2079 int
   2080 yylex (void)
   2081 @{
   2082   int c;
   2083 @end group
   2084 
   2085 @group
   2086   /* Skip white space.  */
   2087   while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
   2088     ++yylloc.last_column;
   2089 @end group
   2090 
   2091 @group
   2092   /* Step.  */
   2093   yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line;
   2094   yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column;
   2095 @end group
   2096 
   2097 @group
   2098   /* Process numbers.  */
   2099   if (isdigit (c))
   2100     @{
   2101       yylval = c - '0';
   2102       ++yylloc.last_column;
   2103       while (isdigit (c = getchar ()))
   2104         @{
   2105           ++yylloc.last_column;
   2106           yylval = yylval * 10 + c - '0';
   2107         @}
   2108       ungetc (c, stdin);
   2109       return NUM;
   2110     @}
   2111 @end group
   2112 
   2113   /* Return end-of-input.  */
   2114   if (c == EOF)
   2115     return 0;
   2116 
   2117   /* Return a single char, and update location.  */
   2118   if (c == '\n')
   2119     @{
   2120       ++yylloc.last_line;
   2121       yylloc.last_column = 0;
   2122     @}
   2123   else
   2124     ++yylloc.last_column;
   2125   return c;
   2126 @}
   2127 @end example
   2128 
   2129 Basically, the lexical analyzer performs the same processing as before:
   2130 it skips blanks and tabs, and reads numbers or single-character tokens.
   2131 In addition, it updates @code{yylloc}, the global variable (of type
   2132 @code{YYLTYPE}) containing the token's location.
   2133 
   2134 Now, each time this function returns a token, the parser has its number
   2135 as well as its semantic value, and its location in the text.  The last
   2136 needed change is to initialize @code{yylloc}, for example in the
   2137 controlling function:
   2138 
   2139 @example
   2140 @group
   2141 int
   2142 main (void)
   2143 @{
   2144   yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line = 1;
   2145   yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column = 0;
   2146   return yyparse ();
   2147 @}
   2148 @end group
   2149 @end example
   2150 
   2151 Remember that computing locations is not a matter of syntax.  Every
   2152 character must be associated to a location update, whether it is in
   2153 valid input, in comments, in literal strings, and so on.
   2154 
   2155 @node Multi-function Calc
   2156 @section Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
   2157 @cindex multi-function calculator
   2158 @cindex @code{mfcalc}
   2159 @cindex calculator, multi-function
   2160 
   2161 Now that the basics of Bison have been discussed, it is time to move on to
   2162 a more advanced problem.  The above calculators provided only five
   2163 functions, @samp{+}, @samp{-}, @samp{*}, @samp{/} and @samp{^}.  It would
   2164 be nice to have a calculator that provides other mathematical functions such
   2165 as @code{sin}, @code{cos}, etc.
   2166 
   2167 It is easy to add new operators to the infix calculator as long as they are
   2168 only single-character literals.  The lexical analyzer @code{yylex} passes
   2169 back all nonnumeric characters as tokens, so new grammar rules suffice for
   2170 adding a new operator.  But we want something more flexible: built-in
   2171 functions whose syntax has this form:
   2172 
   2173 @example
   2174 @var{function_name} (@var{argument})
   2175 @end example
   2176 
   2177 @noindent
   2178 At the same time, we will add memory to the calculator, by allowing you
   2179 to create named variables, store values in them, and use them later.
   2180 Here is a sample session with the multi-function calculator:
   2181 
   2182 @example
   2183 $ @kbd{mfcalc}
   2184 @kbd{pi = 3.141592653589}
   2185 3.1415926536
   2186 @kbd{sin(pi)}
   2187 0.0000000000
   2188 @kbd{alpha = beta1 = 2.3}
   2189 2.3000000000
   2190 @kbd{alpha}
   2191 2.3000000000
   2192 @kbd{ln(alpha)}
   2193 0.8329091229
   2194 @kbd{exp(ln(beta1))}
   2195 2.3000000000
   2196 $
   2197 @end example
   2198 
   2199 Note that multiple assignment and nested function calls are permitted.
   2200 
   2201 @menu
   2202 * Decl: Mfcalc Decl.      Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
   2203 * Rules: Mfcalc Rules.    Grammar rules for the calculator.
   2204 * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab.  Symbol table management subroutines.
   2205 @end menu
   2206 
   2207 @node Mfcalc Decl
   2208 @subsection Declarations for @code{mfcalc}
   2209 
   2210 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the multi-function calculator.
   2211 
   2212 @smallexample
   2213 @group
   2214 %@{
   2215   #include <math.h>  /* For math functions, cos(), sin(), etc.  */
   2216   #include "calc.h"  /* Contains definition of `symrec'.  */
   2217   int yylex (void);
   2218   void yyerror (char const *);
   2219 %@}
   2220 @end group
   2221 @group
   2222 %union @{
   2223   double    val;   /* For returning numbers.  */
   2224   symrec  *tptr;   /* For returning symbol-table pointers.  */
   2225 @}
   2226 @end group
   2227 %token <val>  NUM        /* Simple double precision number.  */
   2228 %token <tptr> VAR FNCT   /* Variable and Function.  */
   2229 %type  <val>  exp
   2230 
   2231 @group
   2232 %right '='
   2233 %left '-' '+'
   2234 %left '*' '/'
   2235 %left NEG     /* negation--unary minus */
   2236 %right '^'    /* exponentiation */
   2237 @end group
   2238 %% /* The grammar follows.  */
   2239 @end smallexample
   2240 
   2241 The above grammar introduces only two new features of the Bison language.
   2242 These features allow semantic values to have various data types
   2243 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
   2244 
   2245 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire list of possible types;
   2246 this is instead of defining @code{YYSTYPE}.  The allowable types are now
   2247 double-floats (for @code{exp} and @code{NUM}) and pointers to entries in
   2248 the symbol table.  @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
   2249 
   2250 Since values can now have various types, it is necessary to associate a
   2251 type with each grammar symbol whose semantic value is used.  These symbols
   2252 are @code{NUM}, @code{VAR}, @code{FNCT}, and @code{exp}.  Their
   2253 declarations are augmented with information about their data type (placed
   2254 between angle brackets).
   2255 
   2256 The Bison construct @code{%type} is used for declaring nonterminal
   2257 symbols, just as @code{%token} is used for declaring token types.  We
   2258 have not used @code{%type} before because nonterminal symbols are
   2259 normally declared implicitly by the rules that define them.  But
   2260 @code{exp} must be declared explicitly so we can specify its value type.
   2261 @xref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
   2262 
   2263 @node Mfcalc Rules
   2264 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{mfcalc}
   2265 
   2266 Here are the grammar rules for the multi-function calculator.
   2267 Most of them are copied directly from @code{calc}; three rules,
   2268 those which mention @code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}, are new.
   2269 
   2270 @smallexample
   2271 @group
   2272 input:   /* empty */
   2273         | input line
   2274 ;
   2275 @end group
   2276 
   2277 @group
   2278 line:
   2279           '\n'
   2280         | exp '\n'   @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
   2281         | error '\n' @{ yyerrok;                  @}
   2282 ;
   2283 @end group
   2284 
   2285 @group
   2286 exp:      NUM                @{ $$ = $1;                         @}
   2287         | VAR                @{ $$ = $1->value.var;              @}
   2288         | VAR '=' exp        @{ $$ = $3; $1->value.var = $3;     @}
   2289         | FNCT '(' exp ')'   @{ $$ = (*($1->value.fnctptr))($3); @}
   2290         | exp '+' exp        @{ $$ = $1 + $3;                    @}
   2291         | exp '-' exp        @{ $$ = $1 - $3;                    @}
   2292         | exp '*' exp        @{ $$ = $1 * $3;                    @}
   2293         | exp '/' exp        @{ $$ = $1 / $3;                    @}
   2294         | '-' exp  %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2;                        @}
   2295         | exp '^' exp        @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3);               @}
   2296         | '(' exp ')'        @{ $$ = $2;                         @}
   2297 ;
   2298 @end group
   2299 /* End of grammar.  */
   2300 %%
   2301 @end smallexample
   2302 
   2303 @node Mfcalc Symtab
   2304 @subsection The @code{mfcalc} Symbol Table
   2305 @cindex symbol table example
   2306 
   2307 The multi-function calculator requires a symbol table to keep track of the
   2308 names and meanings of variables and functions.  This doesn't affect the
   2309 grammar rules (except for the actions) or the Bison declarations, but it
   2310 requires some additional C functions for support.
   2311 
   2312 The symbol table itself consists of a linked list of records.  Its
   2313 definition, which is kept in the header @file{calc.h}, is as follows.  It
   2314 provides for either functions or variables to be placed in the table.
   2315 
   2316 @smallexample
   2317 @group
   2318 /* Function type.  */
   2319 typedef double (*func_t) (double);
   2320 @end group
   2321 
   2322 @group
   2323 /* Data type for links in the chain of symbols.  */
   2324 struct symrec
   2325 @{
   2326   char *name;  /* name of symbol */
   2327   int type;    /* type of symbol: either VAR or FNCT */
   2328   union
   2329   @{
   2330     double var;      /* value of a VAR */
   2331     func_t fnctptr;  /* value of a FNCT */
   2332   @} value;
   2333   struct symrec *next;  /* link field */
   2334 @};
   2335 @end group
   2336 
   2337 @group
   2338 typedef struct symrec symrec;
   2339 
   2340 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'.  */
   2341 extern symrec *sym_table;
   2342 
   2343 symrec *putsym (char const *, int);
   2344 symrec *getsym (char const *);
   2345 @end group
   2346 @end smallexample
   2347 
   2348 The new version of @code{main} includes a call to @code{init_table}, a
   2349 function that initializes the symbol table.  Here it is, and
   2350 @code{init_table} as well:
   2351 
   2352 @smallexample
   2353 #include <stdio.h>
   2354 
   2355 @group
   2356 /* Called by yyparse on error.  */
   2357 void
   2358 yyerror (char const *s)
   2359 @{
   2360   printf ("%s\n", s);
   2361 @}
   2362 @end group
   2363 
   2364 @group
   2365 struct init
   2366 @{
   2367   char const *fname;
   2368   double (*fnct) (double);
   2369 @};
   2370 @end group
   2371 
   2372 @group
   2373 struct init const arith_fncts[] =
   2374 @{
   2375   "sin",  sin,
   2376   "cos",  cos,
   2377   "atan", atan,
   2378   "ln",   log,
   2379   "exp",  exp,
   2380   "sqrt", sqrt,
   2381   0, 0
   2382 @};
   2383 @end group
   2384 
   2385 @group
   2386 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'.  */
   2387 symrec *sym_table;
   2388 @end group
   2389 
   2390 @group
   2391 /* Put arithmetic functions in table.  */
   2392 void
   2393 init_table (void)
   2394 @{
   2395   int i;
   2396   symrec *ptr;
   2397   for (i = 0; arith_fncts[i].fname != 0; i++)
   2398     @{
   2399       ptr = putsym (arith_fncts[i].fname, FNCT);
   2400       ptr->value.fnctptr = arith_fncts[i].fnct;
   2401     @}
   2402 @}
   2403 @end group
   2404 
   2405 @group
   2406 int
   2407 main (void)
   2408 @{
   2409   init_table ();
   2410   return yyparse ();
   2411 @}
   2412 @end group
   2413 @end smallexample
   2414 
   2415 By simply editing the initialization list and adding the necessary include
   2416 files, you can add additional functions to the calculator.
   2417 
   2418 Two important functions allow look-up and installation of symbols in the
   2419 symbol table.  The function @code{putsym} is passed a name and the type
   2420 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) of the object to be installed.  The object is
   2421 linked to the front of the list, and a pointer to the object is returned.
   2422 The function @code{getsym} is passed the name of the symbol to look up.  If
   2423 found, a pointer to that symbol is returned; otherwise zero is returned.
   2424 
   2425 @smallexample
   2426 symrec *
   2427 putsym (char const *sym_name, int sym_type)
   2428 @{
   2429   symrec *ptr;
   2430   ptr = (symrec *) malloc (sizeof (symrec));
   2431   ptr->name = (char *) malloc (strlen (sym_name) + 1);
   2432   strcpy (ptr->name,sym_name);
   2433   ptr->type = sym_type;
   2434   ptr->value.var = 0; /* Set value to 0 even if fctn.  */
   2435   ptr->next = (struct symrec *)sym_table;
   2436   sym_table = ptr;
   2437   return ptr;
   2438 @}
   2439 
   2440 symrec *
   2441 getsym (char const *sym_name)
   2442 @{
   2443   symrec *ptr;
   2444   for (ptr = sym_table; ptr != (symrec *) 0;
   2445        ptr = (symrec *)ptr->next)
   2446     if (strcmp (ptr->name,sym_name) == 0)
   2447       return ptr;
   2448   return 0;
   2449 @}
   2450 @end smallexample
   2451 
   2452 The function @code{yylex} must now recognize variables, numeric values, and
   2453 the single-character arithmetic operators.  Strings of alphanumeric
   2454 characters with a leading letter are recognized as either variables or
   2455 functions depending on what the symbol table says about them.
   2456 
   2457 The string is passed to @code{getsym} for look up in the symbol table.  If
   2458 the name appears in the table, a pointer to its location and its type
   2459 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) is returned to @code{yyparse}.  If it is not
   2460 already in the table, then it is installed as a @code{VAR} using
   2461 @code{putsym}.  Again, a pointer and its type (which must be @code{VAR}) is
   2462 returned to @code{yyparse}.
   2463 
   2464 No change is needed in the handling of numeric values and arithmetic
   2465 operators in @code{yylex}.
   2466 
   2467 @smallexample
   2468 @group
   2469 #include <ctype.h>
   2470 @end group
   2471 
   2472 @group
   2473 int
   2474 yylex (void)
   2475 @{
   2476   int c;
   2477 
   2478   /* Ignore white space, get first nonwhite character.  */
   2479   while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t');
   2480 
   2481   if (c == EOF)
   2482     return 0;
   2483 @end group
   2484 
   2485 @group
   2486   /* Char starts a number => parse the number.         */
   2487   if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
   2488     @{
   2489       ungetc (c, stdin);
   2490       scanf ("%lf", &yylval.val);
   2491       return NUM;
   2492     @}
   2493 @end group
   2494 
   2495 @group
   2496   /* Char starts an identifier => read the name.       */
   2497   if (isalpha (c))
   2498     @{
   2499       symrec *s;
   2500       static char *symbuf = 0;
   2501       static int length = 0;
   2502       int i;
   2503 @end group
   2504 
   2505 @group
   2506       /* Initially make the buffer long enough
   2507          for a 40-character symbol name.  */
   2508       if (length == 0)
   2509         length = 40, symbuf = (char *)malloc (length + 1);
   2510 
   2511       i = 0;
   2512       do
   2513 @end group
   2514 @group
   2515         @{
   2516           /* If buffer is full, make it bigger.        */
   2517           if (i == length)
   2518             @{
   2519               length *= 2;
   2520               symbuf = (char *) realloc (symbuf, length + 1);
   2521             @}
   2522           /* Add this character to the buffer.         */
   2523           symbuf[i++] = c;
   2524           /* Get another character.                    */
   2525           c = getchar ();
   2526         @}
   2527 @end group
   2528 @group
   2529       while (isalnum (c));
   2530 
   2531       ungetc (c, stdin);
   2532       symbuf[i] = '\0';
   2533 @end group
   2534 
   2535 @group
   2536       s = getsym (symbuf);
   2537       if (s == 0)
   2538         s = putsym (symbuf, VAR);
   2539       yylval.tptr = s;
   2540       return s->type;
   2541     @}
   2542 
   2543   /* Any other character is a token by itself.        */
   2544   return c;
   2545 @}
   2546 @end group
   2547 @end smallexample
   2548 
   2549 This program is both powerful and flexible.  You may easily add new
   2550 functions, and it is a simple job to modify this code to install
   2551 predefined variables such as @code{pi} or @code{e} as well.
   2552 
   2553 @node Exercises
   2554 @section Exercises
   2555 @cindex exercises
   2556 
   2557 @enumerate
   2558 @item
   2559 Add some new functions from @file{math.h} to the initialization list.
   2560 
   2561 @item
   2562 Add another array that contains constants and their values.  Then
   2563 modify @code{init_table} to add these constants to the symbol table.
   2564 It will be easiest to give the constants type @code{VAR}.
   2565 
   2566 @item
   2567 Make the program report an error if the user refers to an
   2568 uninitialized variable in any way except to store a value in it.
   2569 @end enumerate
   2570 
   2571 @node Grammar File
   2572 @chapter Bison Grammar Files
   2573 
   2574 Bison takes as input a context-free grammar specification and produces a
   2575 C-language function that recognizes correct instances of the grammar.
   2576 
   2577 The Bison grammar input file conventionally has a name ending in @samp{.y}.
   2578 @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
   2579 
   2580 @menu
   2581 * Grammar Outline::   Overall layout of the grammar file.
   2582 * Symbols::           Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
   2583 * Rules::             How to write grammar rules.
   2584 * Recursion::         Writing recursive rules.
   2585 * Semantics::         Semantic values and actions.
   2586 * Locations::         Locations and actions.
   2587 * Declarations::      All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
   2588 * Multiple Parsers::  Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
   2589 @end menu
   2590 
   2591 @node Grammar Outline
   2592 @section Outline of a Bison Grammar
   2593 
   2594 A Bison grammar file has four main sections, shown here with the
   2595 appropriate delimiters:
   2596 
   2597 @example
   2598 %@{
   2599   @var{Prologue}
   2600 %@}
   2601 
   2602 @var{Bison declarations}
   2603 
   2604 %%
   2605 @var{Grammar rules}
   2606 %%
   2607 
   2608 @var{Epilogue}
   2609 @end example
   2610 
   2611 Comments enclosed in @samp{/* @dots{} */} may appear in any of the sections.
   2612 As a @acronym{GNU} extension, @samp{//} introduces a comment that
   2613 continues until end of line.
   2614 
   2615 @menu
   2616 * Prologue::          Syntax and usage of the prologue.
   2617 * Bison Declarations::  Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
   2618 * Grammar Rules::     Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
   2619 * Epilogue::          Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
   2620 @end menu
   2621 
   2622 @node Prologue
   2623 @subsection The prologue
   2624 @cindex declarations section
   2625 @cindex Prologue
   2626 @cindex declarations
   2627 
   2628 The @var{Prologue} section contains macro definitions and declarations
   2629 of functions and variables that are used in the actions in the grammar
   2630 rules.  These are copied to the beginning of the parser file so that
   2631 they precede the definition of @code{yyparse}.  You can use
   2632 @samp{#include} to get the declarations from a header file.  If you
   2633 don't need any C declarations, you may omit the @samp{%@{} and
   2634 @samp{%@}} delimiters that bracket this section.
   2635 
   2636 The @var{Prologue} section is terminated by the the first occurrence
   2637 of @samp{%@}} that is outside a comment, a string literal, or a
   2638 character constant.
   2639 
   2640 You may have more than one @var{Prologue} section, intermixed with the
   2641 @var{Bison declarations}.  This allows you to have C and Bison
   2642 declarations that refer to each other.  For example, the @code{%union}
   2643 declaration may use types defined in a header file, and you may wish to
   2644 prototype functions that take arguments of type @code{YYSTYPE}.  This
   2645 can be done with two @var{Prologue} blocks, one before and one after the
   2646 @code{%union} declaration.
   2647 
   2648 @smallexample
   2649 %@{
   2650   #include <stdio.h>
   2651   #include "ptypes.h"
   2652 %@}
   2653 
   2654 %union @{
   2655   long int n;
   2656   tree t;  /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
   2657 @}
   2658 
   2659 %@{
   2660   static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
   2661   #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
   2662 %@}
   2663 
   2664 @dots{}
   2665 @end smallexample
   2666 
   2667 @node Bison Declarations
   2668 @subsection The Bison Declarations Section
   2669 @cindex Bison declarations (introduction)
   2670 @cindex declarations, Bison (introduction)
   2671 
   2672 The @var{Bison declarations} section contains declarations that define
   2673 terminal and nonterminal symbols, specify precedence, and so on.
   2674 In some simple grammars you may not need any declarations.
   2675 @xref{Declarations, ,Bison Declarations}.
   2676 
   2677 @node Grammar Rules
   2678 @subsection The Grammar Rules Section
   2679 @cindex grammar rules section
   2680 @cindex rules section for grammar
   2681 
   2682 The @dfn{grammar rules} section contains one or more Bison grammar
   2683 rules, and nothing else.  @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
   2684 
   2685 There must always be at least one grammar rule, and the first
   2686 @samp{%%} (which precedes the grammar rules) may never be omitted even
   2687 if it is the first thing in the file.
   2688 
   2689 @node Epilogue
   2690 @subsection The epilogue
   2691 @cindex additional C code section
   2692 @cindex epilogue
   2693 @cindex C code, section for additional
   2694 
   2695 The @var{Epilogue} is copied verbatim to the end of the parser file, just as
   2696 the @var{Prologue} is copied to the beginning.  This is the most convenient
   2697 place to put anything that you want to have in the parser file but which need
   2698 not come before the definition of @code{yyparse}.  For example, the
   2699 definitions of @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} often go here.  Because
   2700 C requires functions to be declared before being used, you often need
   2701 to declare functions like @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} in the Prologue,
   2702 even if you define them in the Epilogue.
   2703 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
   2704 
   2705 If the last section is empty, you may omit the @samp{%%} that separates it
   2706 from the grammar rules.
   2707 
   2708 The Bison parser itself contains many macros and identifiers whose names
   2709 start with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}, so it is a good idea to avoid using
   2710 any such names (except those documented in this manual) in the epilogue
   2711 of the grammar file.
   2712 
   2713 @node Symbols
   2714 @section Symbols, Terminal and Nonterminal
   2715 @cindex nonterminal symbol
   2716 @cindex terminal symbol
   2717 @cindex token type
   2718 @cindex symbol
   2719 
   2720 @dfn{Symbols} in Bison grammars represent the grammatical classifications
   2721 of the language.
   2722 
   2723 A @dfn{terminal symbol} (also known as a @dfn{token type}) represents a
   2724 class of syntactically equivalent tokens.  You use the symbol in grammar
   2725 rules to mean that a token in that class is allowed.  The symbol is
   2726 represented in the Bison parser by a numeric code, and the @code{yylex}
   2727 function returns a token type code to indicate what kind of token has
   2728 been read.  You don't need to know what the code value is; you can use
   2729 the symbol to stand for it.
   2730 
   2731 A @dfn{nonterminal symbol} stands for a class of syntactically
   2732 equivalent groupings.  The symbol name is used in writing grammar rules.
   2733 By convention, it should be all lower case.
   2734 
   2735 Symbol names can contain letters, digits (not at the beginning),
   2736 underscores and periods.  Periods make sense only in nonterminals.
   2737 
   2738 There are three ways of writing terminal symbols in the grammar:
   2739 
   2740 @itemize @bullet
   2741 @item
   2742 A @dfn{named token type} is written with an identifier, like an
   2743 identifier in C@.  By convention, it should be all upper case.  Each
   2744 such name must be defined with a Bison declaration such as
   2745 @code{%token}.  @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
   2746 
   2747 @item
   2748 @cindex character token
   2749 @cindex literal token
   2750 @cindex single-character literal
   2751 A @dfn{character token type} (or @dfn{literal character token}) is
   2752 written in the grammar using the same syntax used in C for character
   2753 constants; for example, @code{'+'} is a character token type.  A
   2754 character token type doesn't need to be declared unless you need to
   2755 specify its semantic value data type (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of
   2756 Semantic Values}), associativity, or precedence (@pxref{Precedence,
   2757 ,Operator Precedence}).
   2758 
   2759 By convention, a character token type is used only to represent a
   2760 token that consists of that particular character.  Thus, the token
   2761 type @code{'+'} is used to represent the character @samp{+} as a
   2762 token.  Nothing enforces this convention, but if you depart from it,
   2763 your program will confuse other readers.
   2764 
   2765 All the usual escape sequences used in character literals in C can be
   2766 used in Bison as well, but you must not use the null character as a
   2767 character literal because its numeric code, zero, signifies
   2768 end-of-input (@pxref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention
   2769 for @code{yylex}}).  Also, unlike standard C, trigraphs have no
   2770 special meaning in Bison character literals, nor is backslash-newline
   2771 allowed.
   2772 
   2773 @item
   2774 @cindex string token
   2775 @cindex literal string token
   2776 @cindex multicharacter literal
   2777 A @dfn{literal string token} is written like a C string constant; for
   2778 example, @code{"<="} is a literal string token.  A literal string token
   2779 doesn't need to be declared unless you need to specify its semantic
   2780 value data type (@pxref{Value Type}), associativity, or precedence
   2781 (@pxref{Precedence}).
   2782 
   2783 You can associate the literal string token with a symbolic name as an
   2784 alias, using the @code{%token} declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token
   2785 Declarations}).  If you don't do that, the lexical analyzer has to
   2786 retrieve the token number for the literal string token from the
   2787 @code{yytname} table (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
   2788 
   2789 @strong{Warning}: literal string tokens do not work in Yacc.
   2790 
   2791 By convention, a literal string token is used only to represent a token
   2792 that consists of that particular string.  Thus, you should use the token
   2793 type @code{"<="} to represent the string @samp{<=} as a token.  Bison
   2794 does not enforce this convention, but if you depart from it, people who
   2795 read your program will be confused.
   2796 
   2797 All the escape sequences used in string literals in C can be used in
   2798 Bison as well, except that you must not use a null character within a
   2799 string literal.  Also, unlike Standard C, trigraphs have no special
   2800 meaning in Bison string literals, nor is backslash-newline allowed.  A
   2801 literal string token must contain two or more characters; for a token
   2802 containing just one character, use a character token (see above).
   2803 @end itemize
   2804 
   2805 How you choose to write a terminal symbol has no effect on its
   2806 grammatical meaning.  That depends only on where it appears in rules and
   2807 on when the parser function returns that symbol.
   2808 
   2809 The value returned by @code{yylex} is always one of the terminal
   2810 symbols, except that a zero or negative value signifies end-of-input.
   2811 Whichever way you write the token type in the grammar rules, you write
   2812 it the same way in the definition of @code{yylex}.  The numeric code
   2813 for a character token type is simply the positive numeric code of the
   2814 character, so @code{yylex} can use the identical value to generate the
   2815 requisite code, though you may need to convert it to @code{unsigned
   2816 char} to avoid sign-extension on hosts where @code{char} is signed.
   2817 Each named token type becomes a C macro in
   2818 the parser file, so @code{yylex} can use the name to stand for the code.
   2819 (This is why periods don't make sense in terminal symbols.)
   2820 @xref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention for @code{yylex}}.
   2821 
   2822 If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate file, you need to arrange for the
   2823 token-type macro definitions to be available there.  Use the @samp{-d}
   2824 option when you run Bison, so that it will write these macro definitions
   2825 into a separate header file @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include
   2826 in the other source files that need it.  @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
   2827 
   2828 If you want to write a grammar that is portable to any Standard C
   2829 host, you must use only nonnull character tokens taken from the basic
   2830 execution character set of Standard C@.  This set consists of the ten
   2831 digits, the 52 lower- and upper-case English letters, and the
   2832 characters in the following C-language string:
   2833 
   2834 @example
   2835 "\a\b\t\n\v\f\r !\"#%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?[\\]^_@{|@}~"
   2836 @end example
   2837 
   2838 The @code{yylex} function and Bison must use a consistent character set
   2839 and encoding for character tokens.  For example, if you run Bison in an
   2840 @acronym{ASCII} environment, but then compile and run the resulting
   2841 program in an environment that uses an incompatible character set like
   2842 @acronym{EBCDIC}, the resulting program may not work because the tables
   2843 generated by Bison will assume @acronym{ASCII} numeric values for
   2844 character tokens.  It is standard practice for software distributions to
   2845 contain C source files that were generated by Bison in an
   2846 @acronym{ASCII} environment, so installers on platforms that are
   2847 incompatible with @acronym{ASCII} must rebuild those files before
   2848 compiling them.
   2849 
   2850 The symbol @code{error} is a terminal symbol reserved for error recovery
   2851 (@pxref{Error Recovery}); you shouldn't use it for any other purpose.
   2852 In particular, @code{yylex} should never return this value.  The default
   2853 value of the error token is 256, unless you explicitly assigned 256 to
   2854 one of your tokens with a @code{%token} declaration.
   2855 
   2856 @node Rules
   2857 @section Syntax of Grammar Rules
   2858 @cindex rule syntax
   2859 @cindex grammar rule syntax
   2860 @cindex syntax of grammar rules
   2861 
   2862 A Bison grammar rule has the following general form:
   2863 
   2864 @example
   2865 @group
   2866 @var{result}: @var{components}@dots{}
   2867         ;
   2868 @end group
   2869 @end example
   2870 
   2871 @noindent
   2872 where @var{result} is the nonterminal symbol that this rule describes,
   2873 and @var{components} are various terminal and nonterminal symbols that
   2874 are put together by this rule (@pxref{Symbols}).
   2875 
   2876 For example,
   2877 
   2878 @example
   2879 @group
   2880 exp:      exp '+' exp
   2881         ;
   2882 @end group
   2883 @end example
   2884 
   2885 @noindent
   2886 says that two groupings of type @code{exp}, with a @samp{+} token in between,
   2887 can be combined into a larger grouping of type @code{exp}.
   2888 
   2889 White space in rules is significant only to separate symbols.  You can add
   2890 extra white space as you wish.
   2891 
   2892 Scattered among the components can be @var{actions} that determine
   2893 the semantics of the rule.  An action looks like this:
   2894 
   2895 @example
   2896 @{@var{C statements}@}
   2897 @end example
   2898 
   2899 @noindent
   2900 @cindex braced code
   2901 This is an example of @dfn{braced code}, that is, C code surrounded by
   2902 braces, much like a compound statement in C@.  Braced code can contain
   2903 any sequence of C tokens, so long as its braces are balanced.  Bison
   2904 does not check the braced code for correctness directly; it merely
   2905 copies the code to the output file, where the C compiler can check it.
   2906 
   2907 Within braced code, the balanced-brace count is not affected by braces
   2908 within comments, string literals, or character constants, but it is
   2909 affected by the C digraphs @samp{<%} and @samp{%>} that represent
   2910 braces.  At the top level braced code must be terminated by @samp{@}}
   2911 and not by a digraph.  Bison does not look for trigraphs, so if braced
   2912 code uses trigraphs you should ensure that they do not affect the
   2913 nesting of braces or the boundaries of comments, string literals, or
   2914 character constants.
   2915 
   2916 Usually there is only one action and it follows the components.
   2917 @xref{Actions}.
   2918 
   2919 @findex |
   2920 Multiple rules for the same @var{result} can be written separately or can
   2921 be joined with the vertical-bar character @samp{|} as follows:
   2922 
   2923 @example
   2924 @group
   2925 @var{result}:    @var{rule1-components}@dots{}
   2926         | @var{rule2-components}@dots{}
   2927         @dots{}
   2928         ;
   2929 @end group
   2930 @end example
   2931 
   2932 @noindent
   2933 They are still considered distinct rules even when joined in this way.
   2934 
   2935 If @var{components} in a rule is empty, it means that @var{result} can
   2936 match the empty string.  For example, here is how to define a
   2937 comma-separated sequence of zero or more @code{exp} groupings:
   2938 
   2939 @example
   2940 @group
   2941 expseq:   /* empty */
   2942         | expseq1
   2943         ;
   2944 @end group
   2945 
   2946 @group
   2947 expseq1:  exp
   2948         | expseq1 ',' exp
   2949         ;
   2950 @end group
   2951 @end example
   2952 
   2953 @noindent
   2954 It is customary to write a comment @samp{/* empty */} in each rule
   2955 with no components.
   2956 
   2957 @node Recursion
   2958 @section Recursive Rules
   2959 @cindex recursive rule
   2960 
   2961 A rule is called @dfn{recursive} when its @var{result} nonterminal
   2962 appears also on its right hand side.  Nearly all Bison grammars need to
   2963 use recursion, because that is the only way to define a sequence of any
   2964 number of a particular thing.  Consider this recursive definition of a
   2965 comma-separated sequence of one or more expressions:
   2966 
   2967 @example
   2968 @group
   2969 expseq1:  exp
   2970         | expseq1 ',' exp
   2971         ;
   2972 @end group
   2973 @end example
   2974 
   2975 @cindex left recursion
   2976 @cindex right recursion
   2977 @noindent
   2978 Since the recursive use of @code{expseq1} is the leftmost symbol in the
   2979 right hand side, we call this @dfn{left recursion}.  By contrast, here
   2980 the same construct is defined using @dfn{right recursion}:
   2981 
   2982 @example
   2983 @group
   2984 expseq1:  exp
   2985         | exp ',' expseq1
   2986         ;
   2987 @end group
   2988 @end example
   2989 
   2990 @noindent
   2991 Any kind of sequence can be defined using either left recursion or right
   2992 recursion, but you should always use left recursion, because it can
   2993 parse a sequence of any number of elements with bounded stack space.
   2994 Right recursion uses up space on the Bison stack in proportion to the
   2995 number of elements in the sequence, because all the elements must be
   2996 shifted onto the stack before the rule can be applied even once.
   2997 @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}, for further explanation
   2998 of this.
   2999 
   3000 @cindex mutual recursion
   3001 @dfn{Indirect} or @dfn{mutual} recursion occurs when the result of the
   3002 rule does not appear directly on its right hand side, but does appear
   3003 in rules for other nonterminals which do appear on its right hand
   3004 side.
   3005 
   3006 For example:
   3007 
   3008 @example
   3009 @group
   3010 expr:     primary
   3011         | primary '+' primary
   3012         ;
   3013 @end group
   3014 
   3015 @group
   3016 primary:  constant
   3017         | '(' expr ')'
   3018         ;
   3019 @end group
   3020 @end example
   3021 
   3022 @noindent
   3023 defines two mutually-recursive nonterminals, since each refers to the
   3024 other.
   3025 
   3026 @node Semantics
   3027 @section Defining Language Semantics
   3028 @cindex defining language semantics
   3029 @cindex language semantics, defining
   3030 
   3031 The grammar rules for a language determine only the syntax.  The semantics
   3032 are determined by the semantic values associated with various tokens and
   3033 groupings, and by the actions taken when various groupings are recognized.
   3034 
   3035 For example, the calculator calculates properly because the value
   3036 associated with each expression is the proper number; it adds properly
   3037 because the action for the grouping @w{@samp{@var{x} + @var{y}}} is to add
   3038 the numbers associated with @var{x} and @var{y}.
   3039 
   3040 @menu
   3041 * Value Type::        Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
   3042 * Multiple Types::    Specifying several alternative data types.
   3043 * Actions::           An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
   3044 * Action Types::      Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
   3045 * Mid-Rule Actions::  Most actions go at the end of a rule.
   3046                       This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
   3047                         action in the middle of a rule.
   3048 @end menu
   3049 
   3050 @node Value Type
   3051 @subsection Data Types of Semantic Values
   3052 @cindex semantic value type
   3053 @cindex value type, semantic
   3054 @cindex data types of semantic values
   3055 @cindex default data type
   3056 
   3057 In a simple program it may be sufficient to use the same data type for
   3058 the semantic values of all language constructs.  This was true in the
   3059 @acronym{RPN} and infix calculator examples (@pxref{RPN Calc, ,Reverse Polish
   3060 Notation Calculator}).
   3061 
   3062 Bison's default is to use type @code{int} for all semantic values.  To
   3063 specify some other type, define @code{YYSTYPE} as a macro, like this:
   3064 
   3065 @example
   3066 #define YYSTYPE double
   3067 @end example
   3068 
   3069 @noindent
   3070 @code{YYSTYPE}'s replacement list should be a type name
   3071 that does not contain parentheses or square brackets.
   3072 This macro definition must go in the prologue of the grammar file
   3073 (@pxref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison Grammar}).
   3074 
   3075 @node Multiple Types
   3076 @subsection More Than One Value Type
   3077 
   3078 In most programs, you will need different data types for different kinds
   3079 of tokens and groupings.  For example, a numeric constant may need type
   3080 @code{int} or @code{long int}, while a string constant needs type
   3081 @code{char *}, and an identifier might need a pointer to an entry in the
   3082 symbol table.
   3083 
   3084 To use more than one data type for semantic values in one parser, Bison
   3085 requires you to do two things:
   3086 
   3087 @itemize @bullet
   3088 @item
   3089 Specify the entire collection of possible data types, with the
   3090 @code{%union} Bison declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of
   3091 Value Types}).
   3092 
   3093 @item
   3094 Choose one of those types for each symbol (terminal or nonterminal) for
   3095 which semantic values are used.  This is done for tokens with the
   3096 @code{%token} Bison declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names})
   3097 and for groupings with the @code{%type} Bison declaration (@pxref{Type
   3098 Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
   3099 @end itemize
   3100 
   3101 @node Actions
   3102 @subsection Actions
   3103 @cindex action
   3104 @vindex $$
   3105 @vindex $@var{n}
   3106 
   3107 An action accompanies a syntactic rule and contains C code to be executed
   3108 each time an instance of that rule is recognized.  The task of most actions
   3109 is to compute a semantic value for the grouping built by the rule from the
   3110 semantic values associated with tokens or smaller groupings.
   3111 
   3112 An action consists of braced code containing C statements, and can be
   3113 placed at any position in the rule;
   3114 it is executed at that position.  Most rules have just one action at the
   3115 end of the rule, following all the components.  Actions in the middle of
   3116 a rule are tricky and used only for special purposes (@pxref{Mid-Rule
   3117 Actions, ,Actions in Mid-Rule}).
   3118 
   3119 The C code in an action can refer to the semantic values of the components
   3120 matched by the rule with the construct @code{$@var{n}}, which stands for
   3121 the value of the @var{n}th component.  The semantic value for the grouping
   3122 being constructed is @code{$$}.  Bison translates both of these
   3123 constructs into expressions of the appropriate type when it copies the
   3124 actions into the parser file.  @code{$$} is translated to a modifiable
   3125 lvalue, so it can be assigned to.
   3126 
   3127 Here is a typical example:
   3128 
   3129 @example
   3130 @group
   3131 exp:    @dots{}
   3132         | exp '+' exp
   3133             @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
   3134 @end group
   3135 @end example
   3136 
   3137 @noindent
   3138 This rule constructs an @code{exp} from two smaller @code{exp} groupings
   3139 connected by a plus-sign token.  In the action, @code{$1} and @code{$3}
   3140 refer to the semantic values of the two component @code{exp} groupings,
   3141 which are the first and third symbols on the right hand side of the rule.
   3142 The sum is stored into @code{$$} so that it becomes the semantic value of
   3143 the addition-expression just recognized by the rule.  If there were a
   3144 useful semantic value associated with the @samp{+} token, it could be
   3145 referred to as @code{$2}.
   3146 
   3147 Note that the vertical-bar character @samp{|} is really a rule
   3148 separator, and actions are attached to a single rule.  This is a
   3149 difference with tools like Flex, for which @samp{|} stands for either
   3150 ``or'', or ``the same action as that of the next rule''.  In the
   3151 following example, the action is triggered only when @samp{b} is found:
   3152 
   3153 @example
   3154 @group
   3155 a-or-b: 'a'|'b'   @{ a_or_b_found = 1; @};
   3156 @end group
   3157 @end example
   3158 
   3159 @cindex default action
   3160 If you don't specify an action for a rule, Bison supplies a default:
   3161 @w{@code{$$ = $1}.}  Thus, the value of the first symbol in the rule
   3162 becomes the value of the whole rule.  Of course, the default action is
   3163 valid only if the two data types match.  There is no meaningful default
   3164 action for an empty rule; every empty rule must have an explicit action
   3165 unless the rule's value does not matter.
   3166 
   3167 @code{$@var{n}} with @var{n} zero or negative is allowed for reference
   3168 to tokens and groupings on the stack @emph{before} those that match the
   3169 current rule.  This is a very risky practice, and to use it reliably
   3170 you must be certain of the context in which the rule is applied.  Here
   3171 is a case in which you can use this reliably:
   3172 
   3173 @example
   3174 @group
   3175 foo:      expr bar '+' expr  @{ @dots{} @}
   3176         | expr bar '-' expr  @{ @dots{} @}
   3177         ;
   3178 @end group
   3179 
   3180 @group
   3181 bar:      /* empty */
   3182         @{ previous_expr = $0; @}
   3183         ;
   3184 @end group
   3185 @end example
   3186 
   3187 As long as @code{bar} is used only in the fashion shown here, @code{$0}
   3188 always refers to the @code{expr} which precedes @code{bar} in the
   3189 definition of @code{foo}.
   3190 
   3191 @vindex yylval
   3192 It is also possible to access the semantic value of the look-ahead token, if
   3193 any, from a semantic action.
   3194 This semantic value is stored in @code{yylval}.
   3195 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
   3196 
   3197 @node Action Types
   3198 @subsection Data Types of Values in Actions
   3199 @cindex action data types
   3200 @cindex data types in actions
   3201 
   3202 If you have chosen a single data type for semantic values, the @code{$$}
   3203 and @code{$@var{n}} constructs always have that data type.
   3204 
   3205 If you have used @code{%union} to specify a variety of data types, then you
   3206 must declare a choice among these types for each terminal or nonterminal
   3207 symbol that can have a semantic value.  Then each time you use @code{$$} or
   3208 @code{$@var{n}}, its data type is determined by which symbol it refers to
   3209 in the rule.  In this example,
   3210 
   3211 @example
   3212 @group
   3213 exp:    @dots{}
   3214         | exp '+' exp
   3215             @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
   3216 @end group
   3217 @end example
   3218 
   3219 @noindent
   3220 @code{$1} and @code{$3} refer to instances of @code{exp}, so they all
   3221 have the data type declared for the nonterminal symbol @code{exp}.  If
   3222 @code{$2} were used, it would have the data type declared for the
   3223 terminal symbol @code{'+'}, whatever that might be.
   3224 
   3225 Alternatively, you can specify the data type when you refer to the value,
   3226 by inserting @samp{<@var{type}>} after the @samp{$} at the beginning of the
   3227 reference.  For example, if you have defined types as shown here:
   3228 
   3229 @example
   3230 @group
   3231 %union @{
   3232   int itype;
   3233   double dtype;
   3234 @}
   3235 @end group
   3236 @end example
   3237 
   3238 @noindent
   3239 then you can write @code{$<itype>1} to refer to the first subunit of the
   3240 rule as an integer, or @code{$<dtype>1} to refer to it as a double.
   3241 
   3242 @node Mid-Rule Actions
   3243 @subsection Actions in Mid-Rule
   3244 @cindex actions in mid-rule
   3245 @cindex mid-rule actions
   3246 
   3247 Occasionally it is useful to put an action in the middle of a rule.
   3248 These actions are written just like usual end-of-rule actions, but they
   3249 are executed before the parser even recognizes the following components.
   3250 
   3251 A mid-rule action may refer to the components preceding it using
   3252 @code{$@var{n}}, but it may not refer to subsequent components because
   3253 it is run before they are parsed.
   3254 
   3255 The mid-rule action itself counts as one of the components of the rule.
   3256 This makes a difference when there is another action later in the same rule
   3257 (and usually there is another at the end): you have to count the actions
   3258 along with the symbols when working out which number @var{n} to use in
   3259 @code{$@var{n}}.
   3260 
   3261 The mid-rule action can also have a semantic value.  The action can set
   3262 its value with an assignment to @code{$$}, and actions later in the rule
   3263 can refer to the value using @code{$@var{n}}.  Since there is no symbol
   3264 to name the action, there is no way to declare a data type for the value
   3265 in advance, so you must use the @samp{$<@dots{}>@var{n}} construct to
   3266 specify a data type each time you refer to this value.
   3267 
   3268 There is no way to set the value of the entire rule with a mid-rule
   3269 action, because assignments to @code{$$} do not have that effect.  The
   3270 only way to set the value for the entire rule is with an ordinary action
   3271 at the end of the rule.
   3272 
   3273 Here is an example from a hypothetical compiler, handling a @code{let}
   3274 statement that looks like @samp{let (@var{variable}) @var{statement}} and
   3275 serves to create a variable named @var{variable} temporarily for the
   3276 duration of @var{statement}.  To parse this construct, we must put
   3277 @var{variable} into the symbol table while @var{statement} is parsed, then
   3278 remove it afterward.  Here is how it is done:
   3279 
   3280 @example
   3281 @group
   3282 stmt:   LET '(' var ')'
   3283                 @{ $<context>$ = push_context ();
   3284                   declare_variable ($3); @}
   3285         stmt    @{ $$ = $6;
   3286                   pop_context ($<context>5); @}
   3287 @end group
   3288 @end example
   3289 
   3290 @noindent
   3291 As soon as @samp{let (@var{variable})} has been recognized, the first
   3292 action is run.  It saves a copy of the current semantic context (the
   3293 list of accessible variables) as its semantic value, using alternative
   3294 @code{context} in the data-type union.  Then it calls
   3295 @code{declare_variable} to add the new variable to that list.  Once the
   3296 first action is finished, the embedded statement @code{stmt} can be
   3297 parsed.  Note that the mid-rule action is component number 5, so the
   3298 @samp{stmt} is component number 6.
   3299 
   3300 After the embedded statement is parsed, its semantic value becomes the
   3301 value of the entire @code{let}-statement.  Then the semantic value from the
   3302 earlier action is used to restore the prior list of variables.  This
   3303 removes the temporary @code{let}-variable from the list so that it won't
   3304 appear to exist while the rest of the program is parsed.
   3305 
   3306 @findex %destructor
   3307 @cindex discarded symbols, mid-rule actions
   3308 @cindex error recovery, mid-rule actions
   3309 In the above example, if the parser initiates error recovery (@pxref{Error
   3310 Recovery}) while parsing the tokens in the embedded statement @code{stmt},
   3311 it might discard the previous semantic context @code{$<context>5} without
   3312 restoring it.
   3313 Thus, @code{$<context>5} needs a destructor (@pxref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing
   3314 Discarded Symbols}).
   3315 However, Bison currently provides no means to declare a destructor for a
   3316 mid-rule action's semantic value.
   3317 
   3318 One solution is to bury the mid-rule action inside a nonterminal symbol and to
   3319 declare a destructor for that symbol:
   3320 
   3321 @example
   3322 @group
   3323 %type <context> let
   3324 %destructor @{ pop_context ($$); @} let
   3325 
   3326 %%
   3327 
   3328 stmt:  let stmt
   3329                @{ $$ = $2;
   3330                  pop_context ($1); @}
   3331        ;
   3332 
   3333 let:   LET '(' var ')'
   3334                @{ $$ = push_context ();
   3335                  declare_variable ($3); @}
   3336        ;
   3337 
   3338 @end group
   3339 @end example
   3340 
   3341 @noindent
   3342 Note that the action is now at the end of its rule.
   3343 Any mid-rule action can be converted to an end-of-rule action in this way, and
   3344 this is what Bison actually does to implement mid-rule actions.
   3345 
   3346 Taking action before a rule is completely recognized often leads to
   3347 conflicts since the parser must commit to a parse in order to execute the
   3348 action.  For example, the following two rules, without mid-rule actions,
   3349 can coexist in a working parser because the parser can shift the open-brace
   3350 token and look at what follows before deciding whether there is a
   3351 declaration or not:
   3352 
   3353 @example
   3354 @group
   3355 compound: '@{' declarations statements '@}'
   3356         | '@{' statements '@}'
   3357         ;
   3358 @end group
   3359 @end example
   3360 
   3361 @noindent
   3362 But when we add a mid-rule action as follows, the rules become nonfunctional:
   3363 
   3364 @example
   3365 @group
   3366 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
   3367           '@{' declarations statements '@}'
   3368 @end group
   3369 @group
   3370         | '@{' statements '@}'
   3371         ;
   3372 @end group
   3373 @end example
   3374 
   3375 @noindent
   3376 Now the parser is forced to decide whether to run the mid-rule action
   3377 when it has read no farther than the open-brace.  In other words, it
   3378 must commit to using one rule or the other, without sufficient
   3379 information to do it correctly.  (The open-brace token is what is called
   3380 the @dfn{look-ahead} token at this time, since the parser is still
   3381 deciding what to do about it.  @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead Tokens}.)
   3382 
   3383 You might think that you could correct the problem by putting identical
   3384 actions into the two rules, like this:
   3385 
   3386 @example
   3387 @group
   3388 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
   3389           '@{' declarations statements '@}'
   3390         | @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
   3391           '@{' statements '@}'
   3392         ;
   3393 @end group
   3394 @end example
   3395 
   3396 @noindent
   3397 But this does not help, because Bison does not realize that the two actions
   3398 are identical.  (Bison never tries to understand the C code in an action.)
   3399 
   3400 If the grammar is such that a declaration can be distinguished from a
   3401 statement by the first token (which is true in C), then one solution which
   3402 does work is to put the action after the open-brace, like this:
   3403 
   3404 @example
   3405 @group
   3406 compound: '@{' @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
   3407           declarations statements '@}'
   3408         | '@{' statements '@}'
   3409         ;
   3410 @end group
   3411 @end example
   3412 
   3413 @noindent
   3414 Now the first token of the following declaration or statement,
   3415 which would in any case tell Bison which rule to use, can still do so.
   3416 
   3417 Another solution is to bury the action inside a nonterminal symbol which
   3418 serves as a subroutine:
   3419 
   3420 @example
   3421 @group
   3422 subroutine: /* empty */
   3423           @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
   3424         ;
   3425 
   3426 @end group
   3427 
   3428 @group
   3429 compound: subroutine
   3430           '@{' declarations statements '@}'
   3431         | subroutine
   3432           '@{' statements '@}'
   3433         ;
   3434 @end group
   3435 @end example
   3436 
   3437 @noindent
   3438 Now Bison can execute the action in the rule for @code{subroutine} without
   3439 deciding which rule for @code{compound} it will eventually use.
   3440 
   3441 @node Locations
   3442 @section Tracking Locations
   3443 @cindex location
   3444 @cindex textual location
   3445 @cindex location, textual
   3446 
   3447 Though grammar rules and semantic actions are enough to write a fully
   3448 functional parser, it can be useful to process some additional information,
   3449 especially symbol locations.
   3450 
   3451 The way locations are handled is defined by providing a data type, and
   3452 actions to take when rules are matched.
   3453 
   3454 @menu
   3455 * Location Type::               Specifying a data type for locations.
   3456 * Actions and Locations::       Using locations in actions.
   3457 * Location Default Action::     Defining a general way to compute locations.
   3458 @end menu
   3459 
   3460 @node Location Type
   3461 @subsection Data Type of Locations
   3462 @cindex data type of locations
   3463 @cindex default location type
   3464 
   3465 Defining a data type for locations is much simpler than for semantic values,
   3466 since all tokens and groupings always use the same type.
   3467 
   3468 You can specify the type of locations by defining a macro called
   3469 @code{YYLTYPE}, just as you can specify the semantic value type by
   3470 defining @code{YYSTYPE} (@pxref{Value Type}).
   3471 When @code{YYLTYPE} is not defined, Bison uses a default structure type with
   3472 four members:
   3473 
   3474 @example
   3475 typedef struct YYLTYPE
   3476 @{
   3477   int first_line;
   3478   int first_column;
   3479   int last_line;
   3480   int last_column;
   3481 @} YYLTYPE;
   3482 @end example
   3483 
   3484 @node Actions and Locations
   3485 @subsection Actions and Locations
   3486 @cindex location actions
   3487 @cindex actions, location
   3488 @vindex @@$
   3489 @vindex @@@var{n}
   3490 
   3491 Actions are not only useful for defining language semantics, but also for
   3492 describing the behavior of the output parser with locations.
   3493 
   3494 The most obvious way for building locations of syntactic groupings is very
   3495 similar to the way semantic values are computed.  In a given rule, several
   3496 constructs can be used to access the locations of the elements being matched.
   3497 The location of the @var{n}th component of the right hand side is
   3498 @code{@@@var{n}}, while the location of the left hand side grouping is
   3499 @code{@@$}.
   3500 
   3501 Here is a basic example using the default data type for locations:
   3502 
   3503 @example
   3504 @group
   3505 exp:    @dots{}
   3506         | exp '/' exp
   3507             @{
   3508               @@$.first_column = @@1.first_column;
   3509               @@$.first_line = @@1.first_line;
   3510               @@$.last_column = @@3.last_column;
   3511               @@$.last_line = @@3.last_line;
   3512               if ($3)
   3513                 $$ = $1 / $3;
   3514               else
   3515                 @{
   3516                   $$ = 1;
   3517                   fprintf (stderr,
   3518                            "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
   3519                            @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
   3520                            @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
   3521                 @}
   3522             @}
   3523 @end group
   3524 @end example
   3525 
   3526 As for semantic values, there is a default action for locations that is
   3527 run each time a rule is matched.  It sets the beginning of @code{@@$} to the
   3528 beginning of the first symbol, and the end of @code{@@$} to the end of the
   3529 last symbol.
   3530 
   3531 With this default action, the location tracking can be fully automatic.  The
   3532 example above simply rewrites this way:
   3533 
   3534 @example
   3535 @group
   3536 exp:    @dots{}
   3537         | exp '/' exp
   3538             @{
   3539               if ($3)
   3540                 $$ = $1 / $3;
   3541               else
   3542                 @{
   3543                   $$ = 1;
   3544                   fprintf (stderr,
   3545                            "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
   3546                            @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
   3547                            @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
   3548                 @}
   3549             @}
   3550 @end group
   3551 @end example
   3552 
   3553 @vindex yylloc
   3554 It is also possible to access the location of the look-ahead token, if any,
   3555 from a semantic action.
   3556 This location is stored in @code{yylloc}.
   3557 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
   3558 
   3559 @node Location Default Action
   3560 @subsection Default Action for Locations
   3561 @vindex YYLLOC_DEFAULT
   3562 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}
   3563 
   3564 Actually, actions are not the best place to compute locations.  Since
   3565 locations are much more general than semantic values, there is room in
   3566 the output parser to redefine the default action to take for each
   3567 rule.  The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro is invoked each time a rule is
   3568 matched, before the associated action is run.  It is also invoked
   3569 while processing a syntax error, to compute the error's location.
   3570 Before reporting an unresolvable syntactic ambiguity, a @acronym{GLR}
   3571 parser invokes @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} recursively to compute the location
   3572 of that ambiguity.
   3573 
   3574 Most of the time, this macro is general enough to suppress location
   3575 dedicated code from semantic actions.
   3576 
   3577 The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro takes three parameters.  The first one is
   3578 the location of the grouping (the result of the computation).  When a
   3579 rule is matched, the second parameter identifies locations of
   3580 all right hand side elements of the rule being matched, and the third
   3581 parameter is the size of the rule's right hand side.
   3582 When a @acronym{GLR} parser reports an ambiguity, which of multiple candidate
   3583 right hand sides it passes to @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} is undefined.
   3584 When processing a syntax error, the second parameter identifies locations
   3585 of the symbols that were discarded during error processing, and the third
   3586 parameter is the number of discarded symbols.
   3587 
   3588 By default, @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} is defined this way:
   3589 
   3590 @smallexample
   3591 @group
   3592 # define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N)                                \
   3593     do                                                                  \
   3594       if (N)                                                            \
   3595         @{                                                               \
   3596           (Current).first_line   = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_line;         \
   3597           (Current).first_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_column;       \
   3598           (Current).last_line    = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_line;          \
   3599           (Current).last_column  = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_column;        \
   3600         @}                                                               \
   3601       else                                                              \
   3602         @{                                                               \
   3603           (Current).first_line   = (Current).last_line   =              \
   3604             YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_line;                                 \
   3605           (Current).first_column = (Current).last_column =              \
   3606             YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_column;                               \
   3607         @}                                                               \
   3608     while (0)
   3609 @end group
   3610 @end smallexample
   3611 
   3612 where @code{YYRHSLOC (rhs, k)} is the location of the @var{k}th symbol
   3613 in @var{rhs} when @var{k} is positive, and the location of the symbol
   3614 just before the reduction when @var{k} and @var{n} are both zero.
   3615 
   3616 When defining @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}, you should consider that:
   3617 
   3618 @itemize @bullet
   3619 @item
   3620 All arguments are free of side-effects.  However, only the first one (the
   3621 result) should be modified by @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}.
   3622 
   3623 @item
   3624 For consistency with semantic actions, valid indexes within the
   3625 right hand side range from 1 to @var{n}.  When @var{n} is zero, only 0 is a
   3626 valid index, and it refers to the symbol just before the reduction.
   3627 During error processing @var{n} is always positive.
   3628 
   3629 @item
   3630 Your macro should parenthesize its arguments, if need be, since the
   3631 actual arguments may not be surrounded by parentheses.  Also, your
   3632 macro should expand to something that can be used as a single
   3633 statement when it is followed by a semicolon.
   3634 @end itemize
   3635 
   3636 @node Declarations
   3637 @section Bison Declarations
   3638 @cindex declarations, Bison
   3639 @cindex Bison declarations
   3640 
   3641 The @dfn{Bison declarations} section of a Bison grammar defines the symbols
   3642 used in formulating the grammar and the data types of semantic values.
   3643 @xref{Symbols}.
   3644 
   3645 All token type names (but not single-character literal tokens such as
   3646 @code{'+'} and @code{'*'}) must be declared.  Nonterminal symbols must be
   3647 declared if you need to specify which data type to use for the semantic
   3648 value (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
   3649 
   3650 The first rule in the file also specifies the start symbol, by default.
   3651 If you want some other symbol to be the start symbol, you must declare
   3652 it explicitly (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
   3653 Grammars}).
   3654 
   3655 @menu
   3656 * Require Decl::      Requiring a Bison version.
   3657 * Token Decl::        Declaring terminal symbols.
   3658 * Precedence Decl::   Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
   3659 * Union Decl::        Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
   3660 * Type Decl::         Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
   3661 * Initial Action Decl::  Code run before parsing starts.
   3662 * Destructor Decl::   Declaring how symbols are freed.
   3663 * Expect Decl::       Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
   3664 * Start Decl::        Specifying the start symbol.
   3665 * Pure Decl::         Requesting a reentrant parser.
   3666 * Decl Summary::      Table of all Bison declarations.
   3667 @end menu
   3668 
   3669 @node Require Decl
   3670 @subsection Require a Version of Bison
   3671 @cindex version requirement
   3672 @cindex requiring a version of Bison
   3673 @findex %require
   3674 
   3675 You may require the minimum version of Bison to process the grammar.  If
   3676 the requirement is not met, @command{bison} exits with an error (exit
   3677 status 63).
   3678 
   3679 @example
   3680 %require "@var{version}"
   3681 @end example
   3682 
   3683 @node Token Decl
   3684 @subsection Token Type Names
   3685 @cindex declaring token type names
   3686 @cindex token type names, declaring
   3687 @cindex declaring literal string tokens
   3688 @findex %token
   3689 
   3690 The basic way to declare a token type name (terminal symbol) is as follows:
   3691 
   3692 @example
   3693 %token @var{name}
   3694 @end example
   3695 
   3696 Bison will convert this into a @code{#define} directive in
   3697 the parser, so that the function @code{yylex} (if it is in this file)
   3698 can use the name @var{name} to stand for this token type's code.
   3699 
   3700 Alternatively, you can use @code{%left}, @code{%right}, or
   3701 @code{%nonassoc} instead of @code{%token}, if you wish to specify
   3702 associativity and precedence.  @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator
   3703 Precedence}.
   3704 
   3705 You can explicitly specify the numeric code for a token type by appending
   3706 a decimal or hexadecimal integer value in the field immediately
   3707 following the token name:
   3708 
   3709 @example
   3710 %token NUM 300
   3711 %token XNUM 0x12d // a GNU extension
   3712 @end example
   3713 
   3714 @noindent
   3715 It is generally best, however, to let Bison choose the numeric codes for
   3716 all token types.  Bison will automatically select codes that don't conflict
   3717 with each other or with normal characters.
   3718 
   3719 In the event that the stack type is a union, you must augment the
   3720 @code{%token} or other token declaration to include the data type
   3721 alternative delimited by angle-brackets (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More
   3722 Than One Value Type}).
   3723 
   3724 For example:
   3725 
   3726 @example
   3727 @group
   3728 %union @{              /* define stack type */
   3729   double val;
   3730   symrec *tptr;
   3731 @}
   3732 %token <val> NUM      /* define token NUM and its type */
   3733 @end group
   3734 @end example
   3735 
   3736 You can associate a literal string token with a token type name by
   3737 writing the literal string at the end of a @code{%token}
   3738 declaration which declares the name.  For example:
   3739 
   3740 @example
   3741 %token arrow "=>"
   3742 @end example
   3743 
   3744 @noindent
   3745 For example, a grammar for the C language might specify these names with
   3746 equivalent literal string tokens:
   3747 
   3748 @example
   3749 %token  <operator>  OR      "||"
   3750 %token  <operator>  LE 134  "<="
   3751 %left  OR  "<="
   3752 @end example
   3753 
   3754 @noindent
   3755 Once you equate the literal string and the token name, you can use them
   3756 interchangeably in further declarations or the grammar rules.  The
   3757 @code{yylex} function can use the token name or the literal string to
   3758 obtain the token type code number (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
   3759 
   3760 @node Precedence Decl
   3761 @subsection Operator Precedence
   3762 @cindex precedence declarations
   3763 @cindex declaring operator precedence
   3764 @cindex operator precedence, declaring
   3765 
   3766 Use the @code{%left}, @code{%right} or @code{%nonassoc} declaration to
   3767 declare a token and specify its precedence and associativity, all at
   3768 once.  These are called @dfn{precedence declarations}.
   3769 @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}, for general information on
   3770 operator precedence.
   3771 
   3772 The syntax of a precedence declaration is the same as that of
   3773 @code{%token}: either
   3774 
   3775 @example
   3776 %left @var{symbols}@dots{}
   3777 @end example
   3778 
   3779 @noindent
   3780 or
   3781 
   3782 @example
   3783 %left <@var{type}> @var{symbols}@dots{}
   3784 @end example
   3785 
   3786 And indeed any of these declarations serves the purposes of @code{%token}.
   3787 But in addition, they specify the associativity and relative precedence for
   3788 all the @var{symbols}:
   3789 
   3790 @itemize @bullet
   3791 @item
   3792 The associativity of an operator @var{op} determines how repeated uses
   3793 of the operator nest: whether @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op}
   3794 @var{z}} is parsed by grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first or by
   3795 grouping @var{y} with @var{z} first.  @code{%left} specifies
   3796 left-associativity (grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first) and
   3797 @code{%right} specifies right-associativity (grouping @var{y} with
   3798 @var{z} first).  @code{%nonassoc} specifies no associativity, which
   3799 means that @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op} @var{z}} is
   3800 considered a syntax error.
   3801 
   3802 @item
   3803 The precedence of an operator determines how it nests with other operators.
   3804 All the tokens declared in a single precedence declaration have equal
   3805 precedence and nest together according to their associativity.
   3806 When two tokens declared in different precedence declarations associate,
   3807 the one declared later has the higher precedence and is grouped first.
   3808 @end itemize
   3809 
   3810 @node Union Decl
   3811 @subsection The Collection of Value Types
   3812 @cindex declaring value types
   3813 @cindex value types, declaring
   3814 @findex %union
   3815 
   3816 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire collection of
   3817 possible data types for semantic values.  The keyword @code{%union} is
   3818 followed by braced code containing the same thing that goes inside a
   3819 @code{union} in C@.
   3820 
   3821 For example:
   3822 
   3823 @example
   3824 @group
   3825 %union @{
   3826   double val;
   3827   symrec *tptr;
   3828 @}
   3829 @end group
   3830 @end example
   3831 
   3832 @noindent
   3833 This says that the two alternative types are @code{double} and @code{symrec
   3834 *}.  They are given names @code{val} and @code{tptr}; these names are used
   3835 in the @code{%token} and @code{%type} declarations to pick one of the types
   3836 for a terminal or nonterminal symbol (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
   3837 
   3838 As an extension to @acronym{POSIX}, a tag is allowed after the
   3839 @code{union}.  For example:
   3840 
   3841 @example
   3842 @group
   3843 %union value @{
   3844   double val;
   3845   symrec *tptr;
   3846 @}
   3847 @end group
   3848 @end example
   3849 
   3850 @noindent
   3851 specifies the union tag @code{value}, so the corresponding C type is
   3852 @code{union value}.  If you do not specify a tag, it defaults to
   3853 @code{YYSTYPE}.
   3854 
   3855 As another extension to @acronym{POSIX}, you may specify multiple
   3856 @code{%union} declarations; their contents are concatenated.  However,
   3857 only the first @code{%union} declaration can specify a tag.
   3858 
   3859 Note that, unlike making a @code{union} declaration in C, you need not write
   3860 a semicolon after the closing brace.
   3861 
   3862 @node Type Decl
   3863 @subsection Nonterminal Symbols
   3864 @cindex declaring value types, nonterminals
   3865 @cindex value types, nonterminals, declaring
   3866 @findex %type
   3867 
   3868 @noindent
   3869 When you use @code{%union} to specify multiple value types, you must
   3870 declare the value type of each nonterminal symbol for which values are
   3871 used.  This is done with a @code{%type} declaration, like this:
   3872 
   3873 @example
   3874 %type <@var{type}> @var{nonterminal}@dots{}
   3875 @end example
   3876 
   3877 @noindent
   3878 Here @var{nonterminal} is the name of a nonterminal symbol, and
   3879 @var{type} is the name given in the @code{%union} to the alternative
   3880 that you want (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}).  You
   3881 can give any number of nonterminal symbols in the same @code{%type}
   3882 declaration, if they have the same value type.  Use spaces to separate
   3883 the symbol names.
   3884 
   3885 You can also declare the value type of a terminal symbol.  To do this,
   3886 use the same @code{<@var{type}>} construction in a declaration for the
   3887 terminal symbol.  All kinds of token declarations allow
   3888 @code{<@var{type}>}.
   3889 
   3890 @node Initial Action Decl
   3891 @subsection Performing Actions before Parsing
   3892 @findex %initial-action
   3893 
   3894 Sometimes your parser needs to perform some initializations before
   3895 parsing.  The @code{%initial-action} directive allows for such arbitrary
   3896 code.
   3897 
   3898 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action @{ @var{code} @}
   3899 @findex %initial-action
   3900 Declare that the braced @var{code} must be invoked before parsing each time
   3901 @code{yyparse} is called.  The @var{code} may use @code{$$} and
   3902 @code{@@$} --- initial value and location of the look-ahead --- and the
   3903 @code{%parse-param}.
   3904 @end deffn
   3905 
   3906 For instance, if your locations use a file name, you may use
   3907 
   3908 @example
   3909 %parse-param @{ char const *file_name @};
   3910 %initial-action
   3911 @{
   3912   @@$.initialize (file_name);
   3913 @};
   3914 @end example
   3915 
   3916 
   3917 @node Destructor Decl
   3918 @subsection Freeing Discarded Symbols
   3919 @cindex freeing discarded symbols
   3920 @findex %destructor
   3921 
   3922 During error recovery (@pxref{Error Recovery}), symbols already pushed
   3923 on the stack and tokens coming from the rest of the file are discarded
   3924 until the parser falls on its feet.  If the parser runs out of memory,
   3925 or if it returns via @code{YYABORT} or @code{YYACCEPT}, all the
   3926 symbols on the stack must be discarded.  Even if the parser succeeds, it
   3927 must discard the start symbol.
   3928 
   3929 When discarded symbols convey heap based information, this memory is
   3930 lost.  While this behavior can be tolerable for batch parsers, such as
   3931 in traditional compilers, it is unacceptable for programs like shells or
   3932 protocol implementations that may parse and execute indefinitely.
   3933 
   3934 The @code{%destructor} directive defines code that is called when a
   3935 symbol is automatically discarded.
   3936 
   3937 @deffn {Directive} %destructor @{ @var{code} @} @var{symbols}
   3938 @findex %destructor
   3939 Invoke the braced @var{code} whenever the parser discards one of the
   3940 @var{symbols}.
   3941 Within @var{code}, @code{$$} designates the semantic value associated
   3942 with the discarded symbol.  The additional parser parameters are also
   3943 available (@pxref{Parser Function, , The Parser Function
   3944 @code{yyparse}}).
   3945 @end deffn
   3946 
   3947 For instance:
   3948 
   3949 @smallexample
   3950 %union
   3951 @{
   3952   char *string;
   3953 @}
   3954 %token <string> STRING
   3955 %type  <string> string
   3956 %destructor @{ free ($$); @} STRING string
   3957 @end smallexample
   3958 
   3959 @noindent
   3960 guarantees that when a @code{STRING} or a @code{string} is discarded,
   3961 its associated memory will be freed.
   3962 
   3963 @sp 1
   3964 
   3965 @cindex discarded symbols
   3966 @dfn{Discarded symbols} are the following:
   3967 
   3968 @itemize
   3969 @item
   3970 stacked symbols popped during the first phase of error recovery,
   3971 @item
   3972 incoming terminals during the second phase of error recovery,
   3973 @item
   3974 the current look-ahead and the entire stack (except the current
   3975 right-hand side symbols) when the parser returns immediately, and
   3976 @item
   3977 the start symbol, when the parser succeeds.
   3978 @end itemize
   3979 
   3980 The parser can @dfn{return immediately} because of an explicit call to
   3981 @code{YYABORT} or @code{YYACCEPT}, or failed error recovery, or memory
   3982 exhaustion.
   3983 
   3984 Right-hand size symbols of a rule that explicitly triggers a syntax
   3985 error via @code{YYERROR} are not discarded automatically.  As a rule
   3986 of thumb, destructors are invoked only when user actions cannot manage
   3987 the memory.
   3988 
   3989 @node Expect Decl
   3990 @subsection Suppressing Conflict Warnings
   3991 @cindex suppressing conflict warnings
   3992 @cindex preventing warnings about conflicts
   3993 @cindex warnings, preventing
   3994 @cindex conflicts, suppressing warnings of
   3995 @findex %expect
   3996 @findex %expect-rr
   3997 
   3998 Bison normally warns if there are any conflicts in the grammar
   3999 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce, ,Shift/Reduce Conflicts}), but most real grammars
   4000 have harmless shift/reduce conflicts which are resolved in a predictable
   4001 way and would be difficult to eliminate.  It is desirable to suppress
   4002 the warning about these conflicts unless the number of conflicts
   4003 changes.  You can do this with the @code{%expect} declaration.
   4004 
   4005 The declaration looks like this:
   4006 
   4007 @example
   4008 %expect @var{n}
   4009 @end example
   4010 
   4011 Here @var{n} is a decimal integer.  The declaration says there should
   4012 be @var{n} shift/reduce conflicts and no reduce/reduce conflicts.
   4013 Bison reports an error if the number of shift/reduce conflicts differs
   4014 from @var{n}, or if there are any reduce/reduce conflicts.
   4015 
   4016 For normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers, reduce/reduce conflicts are more
   4017 serious, and should be eliminated entirely.  Bison will always report
   4018 reduce/reduce conflicts for these parsers.  With @acronym{GLR}
   4019 parsers, however, both kinds of conflicts are routine; otherwise,
   4020 there would be no need to use @acronym{GLR} parsing.  Therefore, it is
   4021 also possible to specify an expected number of reduce/reduce conflicts
   4022 in @acronym{GLR} parsers, using the declaration:
   4023 
   4024 @example
   4025 %expect-rr @var{n}
   4026 @end example
   4027 
   4028 In general, using @code{%expect} involves these steps:
   4029 
   4030 @itemize @bullet
   4031 @item
   4032 Compile your grammar without @code{%expect}.  Use the @samp{-v} option
   4033 to get a verbose list of where the conflicts occur.  Bison will also
   4034 print the number of conflicts.
   4035 
   4036 @item
   4037 Check each of the conflicts to make sure that Bison's default
   4038 resolution is what you really want.  If not, rewrite the grammar and
   4039 go back to the beginning.
   4040 
   4041 @item
   4042 Add an @code{%expect} declaration, copying the number @var{n} from the
   4043 number which Bison printed.  With @acronym{GLR} parsers, add an
   4044 @code{%expect-rr} declaration as well.
   4045 @end itemize
   4046 
   4047 Now Bison will warn you if you introduce an unexpected conflict, but
   4048 will keep silent otherwise.
   4049 
   4050 @node Start Decl
   4051 @subsection The Start-Symbol
   4052 @cindex declaring the start symbol
   4053 @cindex start symbol, declaring
   4054 @cindex default start symbol
   4055 @findex %start
   4056 
   4057 Bison assumes by default that the start symbol for the grammar is the first
   4058 nonterminal specified in the grammar specification section.  The programmer
   4059 may override this restriction with the @code{%start} declaration as follows:
   4060 
   4061 @example
   4062 %start @var{symbol}
   4063 @end example
   4064 
   4065 @node Pure Decl
   4066 @subsection A Pure (Reentrant) Parser
   4067 @cindex reentrant parser
   4068 @cindex pure parser
   4069 @findex %pure-parser
   4070 
   4071 A @dfn{reentrant} program is one which does not alter in the course of
   4072 execution; in other words, it consists entirely of @dfn{pure} (read-only)
   4073 code.  Reentrancy is important whenever asynchronous execution is possible;
   4074 for example, a nonreentrant program may not be safe to call from a signal
   4075 handler.  In systems with multiple threads of control, a nonreentrant
   4076 program must be called only within interlocks.
   4077 
   4078 Normally, Bison generates a parser which is not reentrant.  This is
   4079 suitable for most uses, and it permits compatibility with Yacc.  (The
   4080 standard Yacc interfaces are inherently nonreentrant, because they use
   4081 statically allocated variables for communication with @code{yylex},
   4082 including @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc}.)
   4083 
   4084 Alternatively, you can generate a pure, reentrant parser.  The Bison
   4085 declaration @code{%pure-parser} says that you want the parser to be
   4086 reentrant.  It looks like this:
   4087 
   4088 @example
   4089 %pure-parser
   4090 @end example
   4091 
   4092 The result is that the communication variables @code{yylval} and
   4093 @code{yylloc} become local variables in @code{yyparse}, and a different
   4094 calling convention is used for the lexical analyzer function
   4095 @code{yylex}.  @xref{Pure Calling, ,Calling Conventions for Pure
   4096 Parsers}, for the details of this.  The variable @code{yynerrs} also
   4097 becomes local in @code{yyparse} (@pxref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
   4098 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}).  The convention for calling
   4099 @code{yyparse} itself is unchanged.
   4100 
   4101 Whether the parser is pure has nothing to do with the grammar rules.
   4102 You can generate either a pure parser or a nonreentrant parser from any
   4103 valid grammar.
   4104 
   4105 @node Decl Summary
   4106 @subsection Bison Declaration Summary
   4107 @cindex Bison declaration summary
   4108 @cindex declaration summary
   4109 @cindex summary, Bison declaration
   4110 
   4111 Here is a summary of the declarations used to define a grammar:
   4112 
   4113 @deffn {Directive} %union
   4114 Declare the collection of data types that semantic values may have
   4115 (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}).
   4116 @end deffn
   4117 
   4118 @deffn {Directive} %token
   4119 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) with no precedence
   4120 or associativity specified (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}).
   4121 @end deffn
   4122 
   4123 @deffn {Directive} %right
   4124 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is right-associative
   4125 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
   4126 @end deffn
   4127 
   4128 @deffn {Directive} %left
   4129 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is left-associative
   4130 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
   4131 @end deffn
   4132 
   4133 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
   4134 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is nonassociative
   4135 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
   4136 Using it in a way that would be associative is a syntax error.
   4137 @end deffn
   4138 
   4139 @ifset defaultprec
   4140 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
   4141 Assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec} modifier
   4142 (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}).
   4143 @end deffn
   4144 @end ifset
   4145 
   4146 @deffn {Directive} %type
   4147 Declare the type of semantic values for a nonterminal symbol
   4148 (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
   4149 @end deffn
   4150 
   4151 @deffn {Directive} %start
   4152 Specify the grammar's start symbol (@pxref{Start Decl, ,The
   4153 Start-Symbol}).
   4154 @end deffn
   4155 
   4156 @deffn {Directive} %expect
   4157 Declare the expected number of shift-reduce conflicts
   4158 (@pxref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}).
   4159 @end deffn
   4160 
   4161 
   4162 @sp 1
   4163 @noindent
   4164 In order to change the behavior of @command{bison}, use the following
   4165 directives:
   4166 
   4167 @deffn {Directive} %debug
   4168 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
   4169 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
   4170 @end deffn
   4171 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
   4172 
   4173 @deffn {Directive} %defines
   4174 Write a header file containing macro definitions for the token type
   4175 names defined in the grammar as well as a few other declarations.
   4176 If the parser output file is named @file{@var{name}.c} then this file
   4177 is named @file{@var{name}.h}.
   4178 
   4179 Unless @code{YYSTYPE} is already defined as a macro, the output header
   4180 declares @code{YYSTYPE}.  Therefore, if you are using a @code{%union}
   4181 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}) with components that
   4182 require other definitions, or if you have defined a @code{YYSTYPE} macro
   4183 (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}), you need to
   4184 arrange for these definitions to be propagated to all modules, e.g., by
   4185 putting them in a prerequisite header that is included both by your
   4186 parser and by any other module that needs @code{YYSTYPE}.
   4187 
   4188 Unless your parser is pure, the output header declares @code{yylval}
   4189 as an external variable.  @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
   4190 Parser}.
   4191 
   4192 If you have also used locations, the output header declares
   4193 @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yylloc} using a protocol similar to that of
   4194 @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{yylval}.  @xref{Locations, ,Tracking
   4195 Locations}.
   4196 
   4197 This output file is normally essential if you wish to put the definition
   4198 of @code{yylex} in a separate source file, because @code{yylex}
   4199 typically needs to be able to refer to the above-mentioned declarations
   4200 and to the token type codes.  @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of
   4201 Tokens}.
   4202 @end deffn
   4203 
   4204 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
   4205 Specify how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
   4206 discarded symbols.  @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
   4207 @end deffn
   4208 
   4209 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix="@var{prefix}"
   4210 Specify a prefix to use for all Bison output file names.  The names are
   4211 chosen as if the input file were named @file{@var{prefix}.y}.
   4212 @end deffn
   4213 
   4214 @deffn {Directive} %locations
   4215 Generate the code processing the locations (@pxref{Action Features,
   4216 ,Special Features for Use in Actions}).  This mode is enabled as soon as
   4217 the grammar uses the special @samp{@@@var{n}} tokens, but if your
   4218 grammar does not use it, using @samp{%locations} allows for more
   4219 accurate syntax error messages.
   4220 @end deffn
   4221 
   4222 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix="@var{prefix}"
   4223 Rename the external symbols used in the parser so that they start with
   4224 @var{prefix} instead of @samp{yy}.  The precise list of symbols renamed
   4225 in C parsers
   4226 is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs},
   4227 @code{yylval}, @code{yychar}, @code{yydebug}, and
   4228 (if locations are used) @code{yylloc}.  For example, if you use
   4229 @samp{%name-prefix="c_"}, the names become @code{c_parse}, @code{c_lex},
   4230 and so on.  In C++ parsers, it is only the surrounding namespace which is
   4231 named @var{prefix} instead of @samp{yy}.
   4232 @xref{Multiple Parsers, ,Multiple Parsers in the Same Program}.
   4233 @end deffn
   4234 
   4235 @ifset defaultprec
   4236 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
   4237 Do not assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec}
   4238 modifier (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
   4239 Precedence}).
   4240 @end deffn
   4241 @end ifset
   4242 
   4243 @deffn {Directive} %no-parser
   4244 Do not include any C code in the parser file; generate tables only.  The
   4245 parser file contains just @code{#define} directives and static variable
   4246 declarations.
   4247 
   4248 This option also tells Bison to write the C code for the grammar actions
   4249 into a file named @file{@var{file}.act}, in the form of a
   4250 brace-surrounded body fit for a @code{switch} statement.
   4251 @end deffn
   4252 
   4253 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
   4254 Don't generate any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser
   4255 file.  Ordinarily Bison writes these commands in the parser file so that
   4256 the C compiler and debuggers will associate errors and object code with
   4257 your source file (the grammar file).  This directive causes them to
   4258 associate errors with the parser file, treating it an independent source
   4259 file in its own right.
   4260 @end deffn
   4261 
   4262 @deffn {Directive} %output="@var{file}"
   4263 Specify @var{file} for the parser file.
   4264 @end deffn
   4265 
   4266 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
   4267 Request a pure (reentrant) parser program (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure
   4268 (Reentrant) Parser}).
   4269 @end deffn
   4270 
   4271 @deffn {Directive} %require "@var{version}"
   4272 Require version @var{version} or higher of Bison.  @xref{Require Decl, ,
   4273 Require a Version of Bison}.
   4274 @end deffn
   4275 
   4276 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
   4277 Generate an array of token names in the parser file.  The name of the
   4278 array is @code{yytname}; @code{yytname[@var{i}]} is the name of the
   4279 token whose internal Bison token code number is @var{i}.  The first
   4280 three elements of @code{yytname} correspond to the predefined tokens
   4281 @code{"$end"},
   4282 @code{"error"}, and @code{"$undefined"}; after these come the symbols
   4283 defined in the grammar file.
   4284 
   4285 The name in the table includes all the characters needed to represent
   4286 the token in Bison.  For single-character literals and literal
   4287 strings, this includes the surrounding quoting characters and any
   4288 escape sequences.  For example, the Bison single-character literal
   4289 @code{'+'} corresponds to a three-character name, represented in C as
   4290 @code{"'+'"}; and the Bison two-character literal string @code{"\\/"}
   4291 corresponds to a five-character name, represented in C as
   4292 @code{"\"\\\\/\""}.
   4293 
   4294 When you specify @code{%token-table}, Bison also generates macro
   4295 definitions for macros @code{YYNTOKENS}, @code{YYNNTS}, and
   4296 @code{YYNRULES}, and @code{YYNSTATES}:
   4297 
   4298 @table @code
   4299 @item YYNTOKENS
   4300 The highest token number, plus one.
   4301 @item YYNNTS
   4302 The number of nonterminal symbols.
   4303 @item YYNRULES
   4304 The number of grammar rules,
   4305 @item YYNSTATES
   4306 The number of parser states (@pxref{Parser States}).
   4307 @end table
   4308 @end deffn
   4309 
   4310 @deffn {Directive} %verbose
   4311 Write an extra output file containing verbose descriptions of the
   4312 parser states and what is done for each type of look-ahead token in
   4313 that state.  @xref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}, for more
   4314 information.
   4315 @end deffn
   4316 
   4317 @deffn {Directive} %yacc
   4318 Pretend the option @option{--yacc} was given, i.e., imitate Yacc,
   4319 including its naming conventions.  @xref{Bison Options}, for more.
   4320 @end deffn
   4321 
   4322 
   4323 @node Multiple Parsers
   4324 @section Multiple Parsers in the Same Program
   4325 
   4326 Most programs that use Bison parse only one language and therefore contain
   4327 only one Bison parser.  But what if you want to parse more than one
   4328 language with the same program?  Then you need to avoid a name conflict
   4329 between different definitions of @code{yyparse}, @code{yylval}, and so on.
   4330 
   4331 The easy way to do this is to use the option @samp{-p @var{prefix}}
   4332 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}).  This renames the interface
   4333 functions and variables of the Bison parser to start with @var{prefix}
   4334 instead of @samp{yy}.  You can use this to give each parser distinct
   4335 names that do not conflict.
   4336 
   4337 The precise list of symbols renamed is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex},
   4338 @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs}, @code{yylval}, @code{yylloc},
   4339 @code{yychar} and @code{yydebug}.  For example, if you use @samp{-p c},
   4340 the names become @code{cparse}, @code{clex}, and so on.
   4341 
   4342 @strong{All the other variables and macros associated with Bison are not
   4343 renamed.} These others are not global; there is no conflict if the same
   4344 name is used in different parsers.  For example, @code{YYSTYPE} is not
   4345 renamed, but defining this in different ways in different parsers causes
   4346 no trouble (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}).
   4347 
   4348 The @samp{-p} option works by adding macro definitions to the beginning
   4349 of the parser source file, defining @code{yyparse} as
   4350 @code{@var{prefix}parse}, and so on.  This effectively substitutes one
   4351 name for the other in the entire parser file.
   4352 
   4353 @node Interface
   4354 @chapter Parser C-Language Interface
   4355 @cindex C-language interface
   4356 @cindex interface
   4357 
   4358 The Bison parser is actually a C function named @code{yyparse}.  Here we
   4359 describe the interface conventions of @code{yyparse} and the other
   4360 functions that it needs to use.
   4361 
   4362 Keep in mind that the parser uses many C identifiers starting with
   4363 @samp{yy} and @samp{YY} for internal purposes.  If you use such an
   4364 identifier (aside from those in this manual) in an action or in epilogue
   4365 in the grammar file, you are likely to run into trouble.
   4366 
   4367 @menu
   4368 * Parser Function::   How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
   4369 * Lexical::           You must supply a function @code{yylex}
   4370                         which reads tokens.
   4371 * Error Reporting::   You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
   4372 * Action Features::   Special features for use in actions.
   4373 * Internationalization::  How to let the parser speak in the user's
   4374                         native language.
   4375 @end menu
   4376 
   4377 @node Parser Function
   4378 @section The Parser Function @code{yyparse}
   4379 @findex yyparse
   4380 
   4381 You call the function @code{yyparse} to cause parsing to occur.  This
   4382 function reads tokens, executes actions, and ultimately returns when it
   4383 encounters end-of-input or an unrecoverable syntax error.  You can also
   4384 write an action which directs @code{yyparse} to return immediately
   4385 without reading further.
   4386 
   4387 
   4388 @deftypefun int yyparse (void)
   4389 The value returned by @code{yyparse} is 0 if parsing was successful (return
   4390 is due to end-of-input).
   4391 
   4392 The value is 1 if parsing failed because of invalid input, i.e., input
   4393 that contains a syntax error or that causes @code{YYABORT} to be
   4394 invoked.
   4395 
   4396 The value is 2 if parsing failed due to memory exhaustion.
   4397 @end deftypefun
   4398 
   4399 In an action, you can cause immediate return from @code{yyparse} by using
   4400 these macros:
   4401 
   4402 @defmac YYACCEPT
   4403 @findex YYACCEPT
   4404 Return immediately with value 0 (to report success).
   4405 @end defmac
   4406 
   4407 @defmac YYABORT
   4408 @findex YYABORT
   4409 Return immediately with value 1 (to report failure).
   4410 @end defmac
   4411 
   4412 If you use a reentrant parser, you can optionally pass additional
   4413 parameter information to it in a reentrant way.  To do so, use the
   4414 declaration @code{%parse-param}:
   4415 
   4416 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
   4417 @findex %parse-param
   4418 Declare that an argument declared by the braced-code
   4419 @var{argument-declaration} is an additional @code{yyparse} argument.
   4420 The @var{argument-declaration} is used when declaring
   4421 functions or prototypes.  The last identifier in
   4422 @var{argument-declaration} must be the argument name.
   4423 @end deffn
   4424 
   4425 Here's an example.  Write this in the parser:
   4426 
   4427 @example
   4428 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
   4429 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
   4430 @end example
   4431 
   4432 @noindent
   4433 Then call the parser like this:
   4434 
   4435 @example
   4436 @{
   4437   int nastiness, randomness;
   4438   @dots{}  /* @r{Store proper data in @code{nastiness} and @code{randomness}.}  */
   4439   value = yyparse (&nastiness, &randomness);
   4440   @dots{}
   4441 @}
   4442 @end example
   4443 
   4444 @noindent
   4445 In the grammar actions, use expressions like this to refer to the data:
   4446 
   4447 @example
   4448 exp: @dots{}    @{ @dots{}; *randomness += 1; @dots{} @}
   4449 @end example
   4450 
   4451 
   4452 @node Lexical
   4453 @section The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
   4454 @findex yylex
   4455 @cindex lexical analyzer
   4456 
   4457 The @dfn{lexical analyzer} function, @code{yylex}, recognizes tokens from
   4458 the input stream and returns them to the parser.  Bison does not create
   4459 this function automatically; you must write it so that @code{yyparse} can
   4460 call it.  The function is sometimes referred to as a lexical scanner.
   4461 
   4462 In simple programs, @code{yylex} is often defined at the end of the Bison
   4463 grammar file.  If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate source file, you
   4464 need to arrange for the token-type macro definitions to be available there.
   4465 To do this, use the @samp{-d} option when you run Bison, so that it will
   4466 write these macro definitions into a separate header file
   4467 @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include in the other source files
   4468 that need it.  @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
   4469 
   4470 @menu
   4471 * Calling Convention::  How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
   4472 * Token Values::      How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
   4473                         of the token it has read.
   4474 * Token Locations::   How @code{yylex} must return the text location
   4475                         (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
   4476                         actions want that.
   4477 * Pure Calling::      How the calling convention differs
   4478                         in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
   4479 @end menu
   4480 
   4481 @node Calling Convention
   4482 @subsection Calling Convention for @code{yylex}
   4483 
   4484 The value that @code{yylex} returns must be the positive numeric code
   4485 for the type of token it has just found; a zero or negative value
   4486 signifies end-of-input.
   4487 
   4488 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a name, that name
   4489 in the parser file becomes a C macro whose definition is the proper
   4490 numeric code for that token type.  So @code{yylex} can use the name
   4491 to indicate that type.  @xref{Symbols}.
   4492 
   4493 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a character literal,
   4494 the numeric code for that character is also the code for the token type.
   4495 So @code{yylex} can simply return that character code, possibly converted
   4496 to @code{unsigned char} to avoid sign-extension.  The null character
   4497 must not be used this way, because its code is zero and that
   4498 signifies end-of-input.
   4499 
   4500 Here is an example showing these things:
   4501 
   4502 @example
   4503 int
   4504 yylex (void)
   4505 @{
   4506   @dots{}
   4507   if (c == EOF)    /* Detect end-of-input.  */
   4508     return 0;
   4509   @dots{}
   4510   if (c == '+' || c == '-')
   4511     return c;      /* Assume token type for `+' is '+'.  */
   4512   @dots{}
   4513   return INT;      /* Return the type of the token.  */
   4514   @dots{}
   4515 @}
   4516 @end example
   4517 
   4518 @noindent
   4519 This interface has been designed so that the output from the @code{lex}
   4520 utility can be used without change as the definition of @code{yylex}.
   4521 
   4522 If the grammar uses literal string tokens, there are two ways that
   4523 @code{yylex} can determine the token type codes for them:
   4524 
   4525 @itemize @bullet
   4526 @item
   4527 If the grammar defines symbolic token names as aliases for the
   4528 literal string tokens, @code{yylex} can use these symbolic names like
   4529 all others.  In this case, the use of the literal string tokens in
   4530 the grammar file has no effect on @code{yylex}.
   4531 
   4532 @item
   4533 @code{yylex} can find the multicharacter token in the @code{yytname}
   4534 table.  The index of the token in the table is the token type's code.
   4535 The name of a multicharacter token is recorded in @code{yytname} with a
   4536 double-quote, the token's characters, and another double-quote.  The
   4537 token's characters are escaped as necessary to be suitable as input
   4538 to Bison.
   4539 
   4540 Here's code for looking up a multicharacter token in @code{yytname},
   4541 assuming that the characters of the token are stored in
   4542 @code{token_buffer}, and assuming that the token does not contain any
   4543 characters like @samp{"} that require escaping.
   4544 
   4545 @smallexample
   4546 for (i = 0; i < YYNTOKENS; i++)
   4547   @{
   4548     if (yytname[i] != 0
   4549         && yytname[i][0] == '"'
   4550         && ! strncmp (yytname[i] + 1, token_buffer,
   4551                       strlen (token_buffer))
   4552         && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 1] == '"'
   4553         && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 2] == 0)
   4554       break;
   4555   @}
   4556 @end smallexample
   4557 
   4558 The @code{yytname} table is generated only if you use the
   4559 @code{%token-table} declaration.  @xref{Decl Summary}.
   4560 @end itemize
   4561 
   4562 @node Token Values
   4563 @subsection Semantic Values of Tokens
   4564 
   4565 @vindex yylval
   4566 In an ordinary (nonreentrant) parser, the semantic value of the token must
   4567 be stored into the global variable @code{yylval}.  When you are using
   4568 just one data type for semantic values, @code{yylval} has that type.
   4569 Thus, if the type is @code{int} (the default), you might write this in
   4570 @code{yylex}:
   4571 
   4572 @example
   4573 @group
   4574   @dots{}
   4575   yylval = value;  /* Put value onto Bison stack.  */
   4576   return INT;      /* Return the type of the token.  */
   4577   @dots{}
   4578 @end group
   4579 @end example
   4580 
   4581 When you are using multiple data types, @code{yylval}'s type is a union
   4582 made from the @code{%union} declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The
   4583 Collection of Value Types}).  So when you store a token's value, you
   4584 must use the proper member of the union.  If the @code{%union}
   4585 declaration looks like this:
   4586 
   4587 @example
   4588 @group
   4589 %union @{
   4590   int intval;
   4591   double val;
   4592   symrec *tptr;
   4593 @}
   4594 @end group
   4595 @end example
   4596 
   4597 @noindent
   4598 then the code in @code{yylex} might look like this:
   4599 
   4600 @example
   4601 @group
   4602   @dots{}
   4603   yylval.intval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack.  */
   4604   return INT;            /* Return the type of the token.  */
   4605   @dots{}
   4606 @end group
   4607 @end example
   4608 
   4609 @node Token Locations
   4610 @subsection Textual Locations of Tokens
   4611 
   4612 @vindex yylloc
   4613 If you are using the @samp{@@@var{n}}-feature (@pxref{Locations, ,
   4614 Tracking Locations}) in actions to keep track of the textual locations
   4615 of tokens and groupings, then you must provide this information in
   4616 @code{yylex}.  The function @code{yyparse} expects to find the textual
   4617 location of a token just parsed in the global variable @code{yylloc}.
   4618 So @code{yylex} must store the proper data in that variable.
   4619 
   4620 By default, the value of @code{yylloc} is a structure and you need only
   4621 initialize the members that are going to be used by the actions.  The
   4622 four members are called @code{first_line}, @code{first_column},
   4623 @code{last_line} and @code{last_column}.  Note that the use of this
   4624 feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
   4625 
   4626 @tindex YYLTYPE
   4627 The data type of @code{yylloc} has the name @code{YYLTYPE}.
   4628 
   4629 @node Pure Calling
   4630 @subsection Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers
   4631 
   4632 When you use the Bison declaration @code{%pure-parser} to request a
   4633 pure, reentrant parser, the global communication variables @code{yylval}
   4634 and @code{yylloc} cannot be used.  (@xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
   4635 Parser}.)  In such parsers the two global variables are replaced by
   4636 pointers passed as arguments to @code{yylex}.  You must declare them as
   4637 shown here, and pass the information back by storing it through those
   4638 pointers.
   4639 
   4640 @example
   4641 int
   4642 yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp)
   4643 @{
   4644   @dots{}
   4645   *lvalp = value;  /* Put value onto Bison stack.  */
   4646   return INT;      /* Return the type of the token.  */
   4647   @dots{}
   4648 @}
   4649 @end example
   4650 
   4651 If the grammar file does not use the @samp{@@} constructs to refer to
   4652 textual locations, then the type @code{YYLTYPE} will not be defined.  In
   4653 this case, omit the second argument; @code{yylex} will be called with
   4654 only one argument.
   4655 
   4656 
   4657 If you wish to pass the additional parameter data to @code{yylex}, use
   4658 @code{%lex-param} just like @code{%parse-param} (@pxref{Parser
   4659 Function}).
   4660 
   4661 @deffn {Directive} lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
   4662 @findex %lex-param
   4663 Declare that the braced-code @var{argument-declaration} is an
   4664 additional @code{yylex} argument declaration.
   4665 @end deffn
   4666 
   4667 For instance:
   4668 
   4669 @example
   4670 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
   4671 %lex-param   @{int *nastiness@}
   4672 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
   4673 @end example
   4674 
   4675 @noindent
   4676 results in the following signature:
   4677 
   4678 @example
   4679 int yylex   (int *nastiness);
   4680 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
   4681 @end example
   4682 
   4683 If @code{%pure-parser} is added:
   4684 
   4685 @example
   4686 int yylex   (YYSTYPE *lvalp, int *nastiness);
   4687 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
   4688 @end example
   4689 
   4690 @noindent
   4691 and finally, if both @code{%pure-parser} and @code{%locations} are used:
   4692 
   4693 @example
   4694 int yylex   (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
   4695 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
   4696 @end example
   4697 
   4698 @node Error Reporting
   4699 @section The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}
   4700 @cindex error reporting function
   4701 @findex yyerror
   4702 @cindex parse error
   4703 @cindex syntax error
   4704 
   4705 The Bison parser detects a @dfn{syntax error} or @dfn{parse error}
   4706 whenever it reads a token which cannot satisfy any syntax rule.  An
   4707 action in the grammar can also explicitly proclaim an error, using the
   4708 macro @code{YYERROR} (@pxref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use
   4709 in Actions}).
   4710 
   4711 The Bison parser expects to report the error by calling an error
   4712 reporting function named @code{yyerror}, which you must supply.  It is
   4713 called by @code{yyparse} whenever a syntax error is found, and it
   4714 receives one argument.  For a syntax error, the string is normally
   4715 @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
   4716 
   4717 @findex %error-verbose
   4718 If you invoke the directive @code{%error-verbose} in the Bison
   4719 declarations section (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison Declarations
   4720 Section}), then Bison provides a more verbose and specific error message
   4721 string instead of just plain @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
   4722 
   4723 The parser can detect one other kind of error: memory exhaustion.  This
   4724 can happen when the input contains constructions that are very deeply
   4725 nested.  It isn't likely you will encounter this, since the Bison
   4726 parser normally extends its stack automatically up to a very large limit.  But
   4727 if memory is exhausted, @code{yyparse} calls @code{yyerror} in the usual
   4728 fashion, except that the argument string is @w{@code{"memory exhausted"}}.
   4729 
   4730 In some cases diagnostics like @w{@code{"syntax error"}} are
   4731 translated automatically from English to some other language before
   4732 they are passed to @code{yyerror}.  @xref{Internationalization}.
   4733 
   4734 The following definition suffices in simple programs:
   4735 
   4736 @example
   4737 @group
   4738 void
   4739 yyerror (char const *s)
   4740 @{
   4741 @end group
   4742 @group
   4743   fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
   4744 @}
   4745 @end group
   4746 @end example
   4747 
   4748 After @code{yyerror} returns to @code{yyparse}, the latter will attempt
   4749 error recovery if you have written suitable error recovery grammar rules
   4750 (@pxref{Error Recovery}).  If recovery is impossible, @code{yyparse} will
   4751 immediately return 1.
   4752 
   4753 Obviously, in location tracking pure parsers, @code{yyerror} should have
   4754 an access to the current location.
   4755 This is indeed the case for the @acronym{GLR}
   4756 parsers, but not for the Yacc parser, for historical reasons.  I.e., if
   4757 @samp{%locations %pure-parser} is passed then the prototypes for
   4758 @code{yyerror} are:
   4759 
   4760 @example
   4761 void yyerror (char const *msg);                 /* Yacc parsers.  */
   4762 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp, char const *msg);  /* GLR parsers.   */
   4763 @end example
   4764 
   4765 If @samp{%parse-param @{int *nastiness@}} is used, then:
   4766 
   4767 @example
   4768 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg);  /* Yacc parsers.  */
   4769 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg);  /* GLR parsers.   */
   4770 @end example
   4771 
   4772 Finally, @acronym{GLR} and Yacc parsers share the same @code{yyerror} calling
   4773 convention for absolutely pure parsers, i.e., when the calling
   4774 convention of @code{yylex} @emph{and} the calling convention of
   4775 @code{%pure-parser} are pure.  I.e.:
   4776 
   4777 @example
   4778 /* Location tracking.  */
   4779 %locations
   4780 /* Pure yylex.  */
   4781 %pure-parser
   4782 %lex-param   @{int *nastiness@}
   4783 /* Pure yyparse.  */
   4784 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
   4785 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
   4786 @end example
   4787 
   4788 @noindent
   4789 results in the following signatures for all the parser kinds:
   4790 
   4791 @example
   4792 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
   4793 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
   4794 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp,
   4795               int *nastiness, int *randomness,
   4796               char const *msg);
   4797 @end example
   4798 
   4799 @noindent
   4800 The prototypes are only indications of how the code produced by Bison
   4801 uses @code{yyerror}.  Bison-generated code always ignores the returned
   4802 value, so @code{yyerror} can return any type, including @code{void}.
   4803 Also, @code{yyerror} can be a variadic function; that is why the
   4804 message is always passed last.
   4805 
   4806 Traditionally @code{yyerror} returns an @code{int} that is always
   4807 ignored, but this is purely for historical reasons, and @code{void} is
   4808 preferable since it more accurately describes the return type for
   4809 @code{yyerror}.
   4810 
   4811 @vindex yynerrs
   4812 The variable @code{yynerrs} contains the number of syntax errors
   4813 reported so far.  Normally this variable is global; but if you
   4814 request a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser})
   4815 then it is a local variable which only the actions can access.
   4816 
   4817 @node Action Features
   4818 @section Special Features for Use in Actions
   4819 @cindex summary, action features
   4820 @cindex action features summary
   4821 
   4822 Here is a table of Bison constructs, variables and macros that
   4823 are useful in actions.
   4824 
   4825 @deffn {Variable} $$
   4826 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
   4827 grouping made by the current rule.  @xref{Actions}.
   4828 @end deffn
   4829 
   4830 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
   4831 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
   4832 @var{n}th component of the current rule.  @xref{Actions}.
   4833 @end deffn
   4834 
   4835 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>$
   4836 Like @code{$$} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the union
   4837 specified by the @code{%union} declaration.  @xref{Action Types, ,Data
   4838 Types of Values in Actions}.
   4839 @end deffn
   4840 
   4841 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>@var{n}
   4842 Like @code{$@var{n}} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the
   4843 union specified by the @code{%union} declaration.
   4844 @xref{Action Types, ,Data Types of Values in Actions}.
   4845 @end deffn
   4846 
   4847 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT;
   4848 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating failure.
   4849 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
   4850 @end deffn
   4851 
   4852 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT;
   4853 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating success.
   4854 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
   4855 @end deffn
   4856 
   4857 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP (@var{token}, @var{value});
   4858 @findex YYBACKUP
   4859 Unshift a token.  This macro is allowed only for rules that reduce
   4860 a single value, and only when there is no look-ahead token.
   4861 It is also disallowed in @acronym{GLR} parsers.
   4862 It installs a look-ahead token with token type @var{token} and
   4863 semantic value @var{value}; then it discards the value that was
   4864 going to be reduced by this rule.
   4865 
   4866 If the macro is used when it is not valid, such as when there is
   4867 a look-ahead token already, then it reports a syntax error with
   4868 a message @samp{cannot back up} and performs ordinary error
   4869 recovery.
   4870 
   4871 In either case, the rest of the action is not executed.
   4872 @end deffn
   4873 
   4874 @deffn {Macro} YYEMPTY
   4875 @vindex YYEMPTY
   4876 Value stored in @code{yychar} when there is no look-ahead token.
   4877 @end deffn
   4878 
   4879 @deffn {Macro} YYEOF
   4880 @vindex YYEOF
   4881 Value stored in @code{yychar} when the look-ahead is the end of the input
   4882 stream.
   4883 @end deffn
   4884 
   4885 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR;
   4886 @findex YYERROR
   4887 Cause an immediate syntax error.  This statement initiates error
   4888 recovery just as if the parser itself had detected an error; however, it
   4889 does not call @code{yyerror}, and does not print any message.  If you
   4890 want to print an error message, call @code{yyerror} explicitly before
   4891 the @samp{YYERROR;} statement.  @xref{Error Recovery}.
   4892 @end deffn
   4893 
   4894 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
   4895 @findex YYRECOVERING
   4896 The expression @code{YYRECOVERING ()} yields 1 when the parser
   4897 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 otherwise.
   4898 @xref{Error Recovery}.
   4899 @end deffn
   4900 
   4901 @deffn {Variable} yychar
   4902 Variable containing either the look-ahead token, or @code{YYEOF} when the
   4903 look-ahead is the end of the input stream, or @code{YYEMPTY} when no look-ahead
   4904 has been performed so the next token is not yet known.
   4905 Do not modify @code{yychar} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
   4906 Actions}).
   4907 @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead Tokens}.
   4908 @end deffn
   4909 
   4910 @deffn {Macro} yyclearin;
   4911 Discard the current look-ahead token.  This is useful primarily in
   4912 error rules.
   4913 Do not invoke @code{yyclearin} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR
   4914 Semantic Actions}).
   4915 @xref{Error Recovery}.
   4916 @end deffn
   4917 
   4918 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok;
   4919 Resume generating error messages immediately for subsequent syntax
   4920 errors.  This is useful primarily in error rules.
   4921 @xref{Error Recovery}.
   4922 @end deffn
   4923 
   4924 @deffn {Variable} yylloc
   4925 Variable containing the look-ahead token location when @code{yychar} is not set
   4926 to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF}.
   4927 Do not modify @code{yylloc} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
   4928 Actions}).
   4929 @xref{Actions and Locations, ,Actions and Locations}.
   4930 @end deffn
   4931 
   4932 @deffn {Variable} yylval
   4933 Variable containing the look-ahead token semantic value when @code{yychar} is
   4934 not set to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF}.
   4935 Do not modify @code{yylval} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
   4936 Actions}).
   4937 @xref{Actions, ,Actions}.
   4938 @end deffn
   4939 
   4940 @deffn {Value} @@$
   4941 @findex @@$
   4942 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
   4943 of the grouping made by the current rule.  @xref{Locations, ,
   4944 Tracking Locations}.
   4945 
   4946 @c Check if those paragraphs are still useful or not.
   4947 
   4948 @c @example
   4949 @c struct @{
   4950 @c   int first_line, last_line;
   4951 @c   int first_column, last_column;
   4952 @c @};
   4953 @c @end example
   4954 
   4955 @c Thus, to get the starting line number of the third component, you would
   4956 @c use @samp{@@3.first_line}.
   4957 
   4958 @c In order for the members of this structure to contain valid information,
   4959 @c you must make @code{yylex} supply this information about each token.
   4960 @c If you need only certain members, then @code{yylex} need only fill in
   4961 @c those members.
   4962 
   4963 @c The use of this feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
   4964 @end deffn
   4965 
   4966 @deffn {Value} @@@var{n}
   4967 @findex @@@var{n}
   4968 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
   4969 of the @var{n}th component of the current rule.  @xref{Locations, ,
   4970 Tracking Locations}.
   4971 @end deffn
   4972 
   4973 @node Internationalization
   4974 @section Parser Internationalization
   4975 @cindex internationalization
   4976 @cindex i18n
   4977 @cindex NLS
   4978 @cindex gettext
   4979 @cindex bison-po
   4980 
   4981 A Bison-generated parser can print diagnostics, including error and
   4982 tracing messages.  By default, they appear in English.  However, Bison
   4983 also supports outputting diagnostics in the user's native language.  To
   4984 make this work, the user should set the usual environment variables.
   4985 @xref{Users, , The User's View, gettext, GNU @code{gettext} utilities}.
   4986 For example, the shell command @samp{export LC_ALL=fr_CA.UTF-8} might
   4987 set the user's locale to French Canadian using the @acronym{UTF}-8
   4988 encoding.  The exact set of available locales depends on the user's
   4989 installation.
   4990 
   4991 The maintainer of a package that uses a Bison-generated parser enables
   4992 the internationalization of the parser's output through the following
   4993 steps.  Here we assume a package that uses @acronym{GNU} Autoconf and
   4994 @acronym{GNU} Automake.
   4995 
   4996 @enumerate
   4997 @item
   4998 @cindex bison-i18n.m4
   4999 Into the directory containing the @acronym{GNU} Autoconf macros used
   5000 by the package---often called @file{m4}---copy the
   5001 @file{bison-i18n.m4} file installed by Bison under
   5002 @samp{share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4} in Bison's installation directory.
   5003 For example:
   5004 
   5005 @example
   5006 cp /usr/local/share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4 m4/bison-i18n.m4
   5007 @end example
   5008 
   5009 @item
   5010 @findex BISON_I18N
   5011 @vindex BISON_LOCALEDIR
   5012 @vindex YYENABLE_NLS
   5013 In the top-level @file{configure.ac}, after the @code{AM_GNU_GETTEXT}
   5014 invocation, add an invocation of @code{BISON_I18N}.  This macro is
   5015 defined in the file @file{bison-i18n.m4} that you copied earlier.  It
   5016 causes @samp{configure} to find the value of the
   5017 @code{BISON_LOCALEDIR} variable, and it defines the source-language
   5018 symbol @code{YYENABLE_NLS} to enable translations in the
   5019 Bison-generated parser.
   5020 
   5021 @item
   5022 In the @code{main} function of your program, designate the directory
   5023 containing Bison's runtime message catalog, through a call to
   5024 @samp{bindtextdomain} with domain name @samp{bison-runtime}.
   5025 For example:
   5026 
   5027 @example
   5028 bindtextdomain ("bison-runtime", BISON_LOCALEDIR);
   5029 @end example
   5030 
   5031 Typically this appears after any other call @code{bindtextdomain
   5032 (PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR)} that your package already has.  Here we rely on
   5033 @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} to be defined as a string through the
   5034 @file{Makefile}.
   5035 
   5036 @item
   5037 In the @file{Makefile.am} that controls the compilation of the @code{main}
   5038 function, make @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} available as a C preprocessor macro,
   5039 either in @samp{DEFS} or in @samp{AM_CPPFLAGS}.  For example:
   5040 
   5041 @example
   5042 DEFS = @@DEFS@@ -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
   5043 @end example
   5044 
   5045 or:
   5046 
   5047 @example
   5048 AM_CPPFLAGS = -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
   5049 @end example
   5050 
   5051 @item
   5052 Finally, invoke the command @command{autoreconf} to generate the build
   5053 infrastructure.
   5054 @end enumerate
   5055 
   5056 
   5057 @node Algorithm
   5058 @chapter The Bison Parser Algorithm
   5059 @cindex Bison parser algorithm
   5060 @cindex algorithm of parser
   5061 @cindex shifting
   5062 @cindex reduction
   5063 @cindex parser stack
   5064 @cindex stack, parser
   5065 
   5066 As Bison reads tokens, it pushes them onto a stack along with their
   5067 semantic values.  The stack is called the @dfn{parser stack}.  Pushing a
   5068 token is traditionally called @dfn{shifting}.
   5069 
   5070 For example, suppose the infix calculator has read @samp{1 + 5 *}, with a
   5071 @samp{3} to come.  The stack will have four elements, one for each token
   5072 that was shifted.
   5073 
   5074 But the stack does not always have an element for each token read.  When
   5075 the last @var{n} tokens and groupings shifted match the components of a
   5076 grammar rule, they can be combined according to that rule.  This is called
   5077 @dfn{reduction}.  Those tokens and groupings are replaced on the stack by a
   5078 single grouping whose symbol is the result (left hand side) of that rule.
   5079 Running the rule's action is part of the process of reduction, because this
   5080 is what computes the semantic value of the resulting grouping.
   5081 
   5082 For example, if the infix calculator's parser stack contains this:
   5083 
   5084 @example
   5085 1 + 5 * 3
   5086 @end example
   5087 
   5088 @noindent
   5089 and the next input token is a newline character, then the last three
   5090 elements can be reduced to 15 via the rule:
   5091 
   5092 @example
   5093 expr: expr '*' expr;
   5094 @end example
   5095 
   5096 @noindent
   5097 Then the stack contains just these three elements:
   5098 
   5099 @example
   5100 1 + 15
   5101 @end example
   5102 
   5103 @noindent
   5104 At this point, another reduction can be made, resulting in the single value
   5105 16.  Then the newline token can be shifted.
   5106 
   5107 The parser tries, by shifts and reductions, to reduce the entire input down
   5108 to a single grouping whose symbol is the grammar's start-symbol
   5109 (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}).
   5110 
   5111 This kind of parser is known in the literature as a bottom-up parser.
   5112 
   5113 @menu
   5114 * Look-Ahead::        Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
   5115 * Shift/Reduce::      Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
   5116 * Precedence::        Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
   5117 * Contextual Precedence::  When an operator's precedence depends on context.
   5118 * Parser States::     The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
   5119 * Reduce/Reduce::     When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
   5120 * Mystery Conflicts::  Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
   5121 * Generalized LR Parsing::  Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
   5122 * Memory Management:: What happens when memory is exhausted.  How to avoid it.
   5123 @end menu
   5124 
   5125 @node Look-Ahead
   5126 @section Look-Ahead Tokens
   5127 @cindex look-ahead token
   5128 
   5129 The Bison parser does @emph{not} always reduce immediately as soon as the
   5130 last @var{n} tokens and groupings match a rule.  This is because such a
   5131 simple strategy is inadequate to handle most languages.  Instead, when a
   5132 reduction is possible, the parser sometimes ``looks ahead'' at the next
   5133 token in order to decide what to do.
   5134 
   5135 When a token is read, it is not immediately shifted; first it becomes the
   5136 @dfn{look-ahead token}, which is not on the stack.  Now the parser can
   5137 perform one or more reductions of tokens and groupings on the stack, while
   5138 the look-ahead token remains off to the side.  When no more reductions
   5139 should take place, the look-ahead token is shifted onto the stack.  This
   5140 does not mean that all possible reductions have been done; depending on the
   5141 token type of the look-ahead token, some rules may choose to delay their
   5142 application.
   5143 
   5144 Here is a simple case where look-ahead is needed.  These three rules define
   5145 expressions which contain binary addition operators and postfix unary
   5146 factorial operators (@samp{!}), and allow parentheses for grouping.
   5147 
   5148 @example
   5149 @group
   5150 expr:     term '+' expr
   5151         | term
   5152         ;
   5153 @end group
   5154 
   5155 @group
   5156 term:     '(' expr ')'
   5157         | term '!'
   5158         | NUMBER
   5159         ;
   5160 @end group
   5161 @end example
   5162 
   5163 Suppose that the tokens @w{@samp{1 + 2}} have been read and shifted; what
   5164 should be done?  If the following token is @samp{)}, then the first three
   5165 tokens must be reduced to form an @code{expr}.  This is the only valid
   5166 course, because shifting the @samp{)} would produce a sequence of symbols
   5167 @w{@code{term ')'}}, and no rule allows this.
   5168 
   5169 If the following token is @samp{!}, then it must be shifted immediately so
   5170 that @w{@samp{2 !}} can be reduced to make a @code{term}.  If instead the
   5171 parser were to reduce before shifting, @w{@samp{1 + 2}} would become an
   5172 @code{expr}.  It would then be impossible to shift the @samp{!} because
   5173 doing so would produce on the stack the sequence of symbols @code{expr
   5174 '!'}.  No rule allows that sequence.
   5175 
   5176 @vindex yychar
   5177 @vindex yylval
   5178 @vindex yylloc
   5179 The look-ahead token is stored in the variable @code{yychar}.
   5180 Its semantic value and location, if any, are stored in the variables
   5181 @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc}.
   5182 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
   5183 
   5184 @node Shift/Reduce
   5185 @section Shift/Reduce Conflicts
   5186 @cindex conflicts
   5187 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
   5188 @cindex dangling @code{else}
   5189 @cindex @code{else}, dangling
   5190 
   5191 Suppose we are parsing a language which has if-then and if-then-else
   5192 statements, with a pair of rules like this:
   5193 
   5194 @example
   5195 @group
   5196 if_stmt:
   5197           IF expr THEN stmt
   5198         | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
   5199         ;
   5200 @end group
   5201 @end example
   5202 
   5203 @noindent
   5204 Here we assume that @code{IF}, @code{THEN} and @code{ELSE} are
   5205 terminal symbols for specific keyword tokens.
   5206 
   5207 When the @code{ELSE} token is read and becomes the look-ahead token, the
   5208 contents of the stack (assuming the input is valid) are just right for
   5209 reduction by the first rule.  But it is also legitimate to shift the
   5210 @code{ELSE}, because that would lead to eventual reduction by the second
   5211 rule.
   5212 
   5213 This situation, where either a shift or a reduction would be valid, is
   5214 called a @dfn{shift/reduce conflict}.  Bison is designed to resolve
   5215 these conflicts by choosing to shift, unless otherwise directed by
   5216 operator precedence declarations.  To see the reason for this, let's
   5217 contrast it with the other alternative.
   5218 
   5219 Since the parser prefers to shift the @code{ELSE}, the result is to attach
   5220 the else-clause to the innermost if-statement, making these two inputs
   5221 equivalent:
   5222 
   5223 @example
   5224 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
   5225 
   5226 if x then do; if y then win (); else lose; end;
   5227 @end example
   5228 
   5229 But if the parser chose to reduce when possible rather than shift, the
   5230 result would be to attach the else-clause to the outermost if-statement,
   5231 making these two inputs equivalent:
   5232 
   5233 @example
   5234 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
   5235 
   5236 if x then do; if y then win (); end; else lose;
   5237 @end example
   5238 
   5239 The conflict exists because the grammar as written is ambiguous: either
   5240 parsing of the simple nested if-statement is legitimate.  The established
   5241 convention is that these ambiguities are resolved by attaching the
   5242 else-clause to the innermost if-statement; this is what Bison accomplishes
   5243 by choosing to shift rather than reduce.  (It would ideally be cleaner to
   5244 write an unambiguous grammar, but that is very hard to do in this case.)
   5245 This particular ambiguity was first encountered in the specifications of
   5246 Algol 60 and is called the ``dangling @code{else}'' ambiguity.
   5247 
   5248 To avoid warnings from Bison about predictable, legitimate shift/reduce
   5249 conflicts, use the @code{%expect @var{n}} declaration.  There will be no
   5250 warning as long as the number of shift/reduce conflicts is exactly @var{n}.
   5251 @xref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}.
   5252 
   5253 The definition of @code{if_stmt} above is solely to blame for the
   5254 conflict, but the conflict does not actually appear without additional
   5255 rules.  Here is a complete Bison input file that actually manifests the
   5256 conflict:
   5257 
   5258 @example
   5259 @group
   5260 %token IF THEN ELSE variable
   5261 %%
   5262 @end group
   5263 @group
   5264 stmt:     expr
   5265         | if_stmt
   5266         ;
   5267 @end group
   5268 
   5269 @group
   5270 if_stmt:
   5271           IF expr THEN stmt
   5272         | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
   5273         ;
   5274 @end group
   5275 
   5276 expr:     variable
   5277         ;
   5278 @end example
   5279 
   5280 @node Precedence
   5281 @section Operator Precedence
   5282 @cindex operator precedence
   5283 @cindex precedence of operators
   5284 
   5285 Another situation where shift/reduce conflicts appear is in arithmetic
   5286 expressions.  Here shifting is not always the preferred resolution; the
   5287 Bison declarations for operator precedence allow you to specify when to
   5288 shift and when to reduce.
   5289 
   5290 @menu
   5291 * Why Precedence::    An example showing why precedence is needed.
   5292 * Using Precedence::  How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
   5293 * Precedence Examples::  How these features are used in the previous example.
   5294 * How Precedence::    How they work.
   5295 @end menu
   5296 
   5297 @node Why Precedence
   5298 @subsection When Precedence is Needed
   5299 
   5300 Consider the following ambiguous grammar fragment (ambiguous because the
   5301 input @w{@samp{1 - 2 * 3}} can be parsed in two different ways):
   5302 
   5303 @example
   5304 @group
   5305 expr:     expr '-' expr
   5306         | expr '*' expr
   5307         | expr '<' expr
   5308         | '(' expr ')'
   5309         @dots{}
   5310         ;
   5311 @end group
   5312 @end example
   5313 
   5314 @noindent
   5315 Suppose the parser has seen the tokens @samp{1}, @samp{-} and @samp{2};
   5316 should it reduce them via the rule for the subtraction operator?  It
   5317 depends on the next token.  Of course, if the next token is @samp{)}, we
   5318 must reduce; shifting is invalid because no single rule can reduce the
   5319 token sequence @w{@samp{- 2 )}} or anything starting with that.  But if
   5320 the next token is @samp{*} or @samp{<}, we have a choice: either
   5321 shifting or reduction would allow the parse to complete, but with
   5322 different results.
   5323 
   5324 To decide which one Bison should do, we must consider the results.  If
   5325 the next operator token @var{op} is shifted, then it must be reduced
   5326 first in order to permit another opportunity to reduce the difference.
   5327 The result is (in effect) @w{@samp{1 - (2 @var{op} 3)}}.  On the other
   5328 hand, if the subtraction is reduced before shifting @var{op}, the result
   5329 is @w{@samp{(1 - 2) @var{op} 3}}.  Clearly, then, the choice of shift or
   5330 reduce should depend on the relative precedence of the operators
   5331 @samp{-} and @var{op}: @samp{*} should be shifted first, but not
   5332 @samp{<}.
   5333 
   5334 @cindex associativity
   5335 What about input such as @w{@samp{1 - 2 - 5}}; should this be
   5336 @w{@samp{(1 - 2) - 5}} or should it be @w{@samp{1 - (2 - 5)}}?  For most
   5337 operators we prefer the former, which is called @dfn{left association}.
   5338 The latter alternative, @dfn{right association}, is desirable for
   5339 assignment operators.  The choice of left or right association is a
   5340 matter of whether the parser chooses to shift or reduce when the stack
   5341 contains @w{@samp{1 - 2}} and the look-ahead token is @samp{-}: shifting
   5342 makes right-associativity.
   5343 
   5344 @node Using Precedence
   5345 @subsection Specifying Operator Precedence
   5346 @findex %left
   5347 @findex %right
   5348 @findex %nonassoc
   5349 
   5350 Bison allows you to specify these choices with the operator precedence
   5351 declarations @code{%left} and @code{%right}.  Each such declaration
   5352 contains a list of tokens, which are operators whose precedence and
   5353 associativity is being declared.  The @code{%left} declaration makes all
   5354 those operators left-associative and the @code{%right} declaration makes
   5355 them right-associative.  A third alternative is @code{%nonassoc}, which
   5356 declares that it is a syntax error to find the same operator twice ``in a
   5357 row''.
   5358 
   5359 The relative precedence of different operators is controlled by the
   5360 order in which they are declared.  The first @code{%left} or
   5361 @code{%right} declaration in the file declares the operators whose
   5362 precedence is lowest, the next such declaration declares the operators
   5363 whose precedence is a little higher, and so on.
   5364 
   5365 @node Precedence Examples
   5366 @subsection Precedence Examples
   5367 
   5368 In our example, we would want the following declarations:
   5369 
   5370 @example
   5371 %left '<'
   5372 %left '-'
   5373 %left '*'
   5374 @end example
   5375 
   5376 In a more complete example, which supports other operators as well, we
   5377 would declare them in groups of equal precedence.  For example, @code{'+'} is
   5378 declared with @code{'-'}:
   5379 
   5380 @example
   5381 %left '<' '>' '=' NE LE GE
   5382 %left '+' '-'
   5383 %left '*' '/'
   5384 @end example
   5385 
   5386 @noindent
   5387 (Here @code{NE} and so on stand for the operators for ``not equal''
   5388 and so on.  We assume that these tokens are more than one character long
   5389 and therefore are represented by names, not character literals.)
   5390 
   5391 @node How Precedence
   5392 @subsection How Precedence Works
   5393 
   5394 The first effect of the precedence declarations is to assign precedence
   5395 levels to the terminal symbols declared.  The second effect is to assign
   5396 precedence levels to certain rules: each rule gets its precedence from
   5397 the last terminal symbol mentioned in the components.  (You can also
   5398 specify explicitly the precedence of a rule.  @xref{Contextual
   5399 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.)
   5400 
   5401 Finally, the resolution of conflicts works by comparing the precedence
   5402 of the rule being considered with that of the look-ahead token.  If the
   5403 token's precedence is higher, the choice is to shift.  If the rule's
   5404 precedence is higher, the choice is to reduce.  If they have equal
   5405 precedence, the choice is made based on the associativity of that
   5406 precedence level.  The verbose output file made by @samp{-v}
   5407 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}) says how each conflict was
   5408 resolved.
   5409 
   5410 Not all rules and not all tokens have precedence.  If either the rule or
   5411 the look-ahead token has no precedence, then the default is to shift.
   5412 
   5413 @node Contextual Precedence
   5414 @section Context-Dependent Precedence
   5415 @cindex context-dependent precedence
   5416 @cindex unary operator precedence
   5417 @cindex precedence, context-dependent
   5418 @cindex precedence, unary operator
   5419 @findex %prec
   5420 
   5421 Often the precedence of an operator depends on the context.  This sounds
   5422 outlandish at first, but it is really very common.  For example, a minus
   5423 sign typically has a very high precedence as a unary operator, and a
   5424 somewhat lower precedence (lower than multiplication) as a binary operator.
   5425 
   5426 The Bison precedence declarations, @code{%left}, @code{%right} and
   5427 @code{%nonassoc}, can only be used once for a given token; so a token has
   5428 only one precedence declared in this way.  For context-dependent
   5429 precedence, you need to use an additional mechanism: the @code{%prec}
   5430 modifier for rules.
   5431 
   5432 The @code{%prec} modifier declares the precedence of a particular rule by
   5433 specifying a terminal symbol whose precedence should be used for that rule.
   5434 It's not necessary for that symbol to appear otherwise in the rule.  The
   5435 modifier's syntax is:
   5436 
   5437 @example
   5438 %prec @var{terminal-symbol}
   5439 @end example
   5440 
   5441 @noindent
   5442 and it is written after the components of the rule.  Its effect is to
   5443 assign the rule the precedence of @var{terminal-symbol}, overriding
   5444 the precedence that would be deduced for it in the ordinary way.  The
   5445 altered rule precedence then affects how conflicts involving that rule
   5446 are resolved (@pxref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}).
   5447 
   5448 Here is how @code{%prec} solves the problem of unary minus.  First, declare
   5449 a precedence for a fictitious terminal symbol named @code{UMINUS}.  There
   5450 are no tokens of this type, but the symbol serves to stand for its
   5451 precedence:
   5452 
   5453 @example
   5454 @dots{}
   5455 %left '+' '-'
   5456 %left '*'
   5457 %left UMINUS
   5458 @end example
   5459 
   5460 Now the precedence of @code{UMINUS} can be used in specific rules:
   5461 
   5462 @example
   5463 @group
   5464 exp:    @dots{}
   5465         | exp '-' exp
   5466         @dots{}
   5467         | '-' exp %prec UMINUS
   5468 @end group
   5469 @end example
   5470 
   5471 @ifset defaultprec
   5472 If you forget to append @code{%prec UMINUS} to the rule for unary
   5473 minus, Bison silently assumes that minus has its usual precedence.
   5474 This kind of problem can be tricky to debug, since one typically
   5475 discovers the mistake only by testing the code.
   5476 
   5477 The @code{%no-default-prec;} declaration makes it easier to discover
   5478 this kind of problem systematically.  It causes rules that lack a
   5479 @code{%prec} modifier to have no precedence, even if the last terminal
   5480 symbol mentioned in their components has a declared precedence.
   5481 
   5482 If @code{%no-default-prec;} is in effect, you must specify @code{%prec}
   5483 for all rules that participate in precedence conflict resolution.
   5484 Then you will see any shift/reduce conflict until you tell Bison how
   5485 to resolve it, either by changing your grammar or by adding an
   5486 explicit precedence.  This will probably add declarations to the
   5487 grammar, but it helps to protect against incorrect rule precedences.
   5488 
   5489 The effect of @code{%no-default-prec;} can be reversed by giving
   5490 @code{%default-prec;}, which is the default.
   5491 @end ifset
   5492 
   5493 @node Parser States
   5494 @section Parser States
   5495 @cindex finite-state machine
   5496 @cindex parser state
   5497 @cindex state (of parser)
   5498 
   5499 The function @code{yyparse} is implemented using a finite-state machine.
   5500 The values pushed on the parser stack are not simply token type codes; they
   5501 represent the entire sequence of terminal and nonterminal symbols at or
   5502 near the top of the stack.  The current state collects all the information
   5503 about previous input which is relevant to deciding what to do next.
   5504 
   5505 Each time a look-ahead token is read, the current parser state together
   5506 with the type of look-ahead token are looked up in a table.  This table
   5507 entry can say, ``Shift the look-ahead token.''  In this case, it also
   5508 specifies the new parser state, which is pushed onto the top of the
   5509 parser stack.  Or it can say, ``Reduce using rule number @var{n}.''
   5510 This means that a certain number of tokens or groupings are taken off
   5511 the top of the stack, and replaced by one grouping.  In other words,
   5512 that number of states are popped from the stack, and one new state is
   5513 pushed.
   5514 
   5515 There is one other alternative: the table can say that the look-ahead token
   5516 is erroneous in the current state.  This causes error processing to begin
   5517 (@pxref{Error Recovery}).
   5518 
   5519 @node Reduce/Reduce
   5520 @section Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
   5521 @cindex reduce/reduce conflict
   5522 @cindex conflicts, reduce/reduce
   5523 
   5524 A reduce/reduce conflict occurs if there are two or more rules that apply
   5525 to the same sequence of input.  This usually indicates a serious error
   5526 in the grammar.
   5527 
   5528 For example, here is an erroneous attempt to define a sequence
   5529 of zero or more @code{word} groupings.
   5530 
   5531 @example
   5532 sequence: /* empty */
   5533                 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
   5534         | maybeword
   5535         | sequence word
   5536                 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
   5537         ;
   5538 
   5539 maybeword: /* empty */
   5540                 @{ printf ("empty maybeword\n"); @}
   5541         | word
   5542                 @{ printf ("single word %s\n", $1); @}
   5543         ;
   5544 @end example
   5545 
   5546 @noindent
   5547 The error is an ambiguity: there is more than one way to parse a single
   5548 @code{word} into a @code{sequence}.  It could be reduced to a
   5549 @code{maybeword} and then into a @code{sequence} via the second rule.
   5550 Alternatively, nothing-at-all could be reduced into a @code{sequence}
   5551 via the first rule, and this could be combined with the @code{word}
   5552 using the third rule for @code{sequence}.
   5553 
   5554 There is also more than one way to reduce nothing-at-all into a
   5555 @code{sequence}.  This can be done directly via the first rule,
   5556 or indirectly via @code{maybeword} and then the second rule.
   5557 
   5558 You might think that this is a distinction without a difference, because it
   5559 does not change whether any particular input is valid or not.  But it does
   5560 affect which actions are run.  One parsing order runs the second rule's
   5561 action; the other runs the first rule's action and the third rule's action.
   5562 In this example, the output of the program changes.
   5563 
   5564 Bison resolves a reduce/reduce conflict by choosing to use the rule that
   5565 appears first in the grammar, but it is very risky to rely on this.  Every
   5566 reduce/reduce conflict must be studied and usually eliminated.  Here is the
   5567 proper way to define @code{sequence}:
   5568 
   5569 @example
   5570 sequence: /* empty */
   5571                 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
   5572         | sequence word
   5573                 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
   5574         ;
   5575 @end example
   5576 
   5577 Here is another common error that yields a reduce/reduce conflict:
   5578 
   5579 @example
   5580 sequence: /* empty */
   5581         | sequence words
   5582         | sequence redirects
   5583         ;
   5584 
   5585 words:    /* empty */
   5586         | words word
   5587         ;
   5588 
   5589 redirects:/* empty */
   5590         | redirects redirect
   5591         ;
   5592 @end example
   5593 
   5594 @noindent
   5595 The intention here is to define a sequence which can contain either
   5596 @code{word} or @code{redirect} groupings.  The individual definitions of
   5597 @code{sequence}, @code{words} and @code{redirects} are error-free, but the
   5598 three together make a subtle ambiguity: even an empty input can be parsed
   5599 in infinitely many ways!
   5600 
   5601 Consider: nothing-at-all could be a @code{words}.  Or it could be two
   5602 @code{words} in a row, or three, or any number.  It could equally well be a
   5603 @code{redirects}, or two, or any number.  Or it could be a @code{words}
   5604 followed by three @code{redirects} and another @code{words}.  And so on.
   5605 
   5606 Here are two ways to correct these rules.  First, to make it a single level
   5607 of sequence:
   5608 
   5609 @example
   5610 sequence: /* empty */
   5611         | sequence word
   5612         | sequence redirect
   5613         ;
   5614 @end example
   5615 
   5616 Second, to prevent either a @code{words} or a @code{redirects}
   5617 from being empty:
   5618 
   5619 @example
   5620 sequence: /* empty */
   5621         | sequence words
   5622         | sequence redirects
   5623         ;
   5624 
   5625 words:    word
   5626         | words word
   5627         ;
   5628 
   5629 redirects:redirect
   5630         | redirects redirect
   5631         ;
   5632 @end example
   5633 
   5634 @node Mystery Conflicts
   5635 @section Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
   5636 
   5637 Sometimes reduce/reduce conflicts can occur that don't look warranted.
   5638 Here is an example:
   5639 
   5640 @example
   5641 @group
   5642 %token ID
   5643 
   5644 %%
   5645 def:    param_spec return_spec ','
   5646         ;
   5647 param_spec:
   5648              type
   5649         |    name_list ':' type
   5650         ;
   5651 @end group
   5652 @group
   5653 return_spec:
   5654              type
   5655         |    name ':' type
   5656         ;
   5657 @end group
   5658 @group
   5659 type:        ID
   5660         ;
   5661 @end group
   5662 @group
   5663 name:        ID
   5664         ;
   5665 name_list:
   5666              name
   5667         |    name ',' name_list
   5668         ;
   5669 @end group
   5670 @end example
   5671 
   5672 It would seem that this grammar can be parsed with only a single token
   5673 of look-ahead: when a @code{param_spec} is being read, an @code{ID} is
   5674 a @code{name} if a comma or colon follows, or a @code{type} if another
   5675 @code{ID} follows.  In other words, this grammar is @acronym{LR}(1).
   5676 
   5677 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1)
   5678 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1)
   5679 However, Bison, like most parser generators, cannot actually handle all
   5680 @acronym{LR}(1) grammars.  In this grammar, two contexts, that after
   5681 an @code{ID}
   5682 at the beginning of a @code{param_spec} and likewise at the beginning of
   5683 a @code{return_spec}, are similar enough that Bison assumes they are the
   5684 same.  They appear similar because the same set of rules would be
   5685 active---the rule for reducing to a @code{name} and that for reducing to
   5686 a @code{type}.  Bison is unable to determine at that stage of processing
   5687 that the rules would require different look-ahead tokens in the two
   5688 contexts, so it makes a single parser state for them both.  Combining
   5689 the two contexts causes a conflict later.  In parser terminology, this
   5690 occurrence means that the grammar is not @acronym{LALR}(1).
   5691 
   5692 In general, it is better to fix deficiencies than to document them.  But
   5693 this particular deficiency is intrinsically hard to fix; parser
   5694 generators that can handle @acronym{LR}(1) grammars are hard to write
   5695 and tend to
   5696 produce parsers that are very large.  In practice, Bison is more useful
   5697 as it is now.
   5698 
   5699 When the problem arises, you can often fix it by identifying the two
   5700 parser states that are being confused, and adding something to make them
   5701 look distinct.  In the above example, adding one rule to
   5702 @code{return_spec} as follows makes the problem go away:
   5703 
   5704 @example
   5705 @group
   5706 %token BOGUS
   5707 @dots{}
   5708 %%
   5709 @dots{}
   5710 return_spec:
   5711              type
   5712         |    name ':' type
   5713         /* This rule is never used.  */
   5714         |    ID BOGUS
   5715         ;
   5716 @end group
   5717 @end example
   5718 
   5719 This corrects the problem because it introduces the possibility of an
   5720 additional active rule in the context after the @code{ID} at the beginning of
   5721 @code{return_spec}.  This rule is not active in the corresponding context
   5722 in a @code{param_spec}, so the two contexts receive distinct parser states.
   5723 As long as the token @code{BOGUS} is never generated by @code{yylex},
   5724 the added rule cannot alter the way actual input is parsed.
   5725 
   5726 In this particular example, there is another way to solve the problem:
   5727 rewrite the rule for @code{return_spec} to use @code{ID} directly
   5728 instead of via @code{name}.  This also causes the two confusing
   5729 contexts to have different sets of active rules, because the one for
   5730 @code{return_spec} activates the altered rule for @code{return_spec}
   5731 rather than the one for @code{name}.
   5732 
   5733 @example
   5734 param_spec:
   5735              type
   5736         |    name_list ':' type
   5737         ;
   5738 return_spec:
   5739              type
   5740         |    ID ':' type
   5741         ;
   5742 @end example
   5743 
   5744 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers and parser
   5745 generators, please see:
   5746 Frank DeRemer and Thomas Pennello, Efficient Computation of
   5747 @acronym{LALR}(1) Look-Ahead Sets, @cite{@acronym{ACM} Transactions on
   5748 Programming Languages and Systems}, Vol.@: 4, No.@: 4 (October 1982),
   5749 pp.@: 615--649 @uref{http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/69622.357187}.
   5750 
   5751 @node Generalized LR Parsing
   5752 @section Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) Parsing
   5753 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
   5754 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
   5755 @cindex ambiguous grammars
   5756 @cindex nondeterministic parsing
   5757 
   5758 Bison produces @emph{deterministic} parsers that choose uniquely
   5759 when to reduce and which reduction to apply
   5760 based on a summary of the preceding input and on one extra token of look-ahead.
   5761 As a result, normal Bison handles a proper subset of the family of
   5762 context-free languages.
   5763 Ambiguous grammars, since they have strings with more than one possible
   5764 sequence of reductions cannot have deterministic parsers in this sense.
   5765 The same is true of languages that require more than one symbol of
   5766 look-ahead, since the parser lacks the information necessary to make a
   5767 decision at the point it must be made in a shift-reduce parser.
   5768 Finally, as previously mentioned (@pxref{Mystery Conflicts}),
   5769 there are languages where Bison's particular choice of how to
   5770 summarize the input seen so far loses necessary information.
   5771 
   5772 When you use the @samp{%glr-parser} declaration in your grammar file,
   5773 Bison generates a parser that uses a different algorithm, called
   5774 Generalized @acronym{LR} (or @acronym{GLR}).  A Bison @acronym{GLR}
   5775 parser uses the same basic
   5776 algorithm for parsing as an ordinary Bison parser, but behaves
   5777 differently in cases where there is a shift-reduce conflict that has not
   5778 been resolved by precedence rules (@pxref{Precedence}) or a
   5779 reduce-reduce conflict.  When a @acronym{GLR} parser encounters such a
   5780 situation, it
   5781 effectively @emph{splits} into a several parsers, one for each possible
   5782 shift or reduction.  These parsers then proceed as usual, consuming
   5783 tokens in lock-step.  Some of the stacks may encounter other conflicts
   5784 and split further, with the result that instead of a sequence of states,
   5785 a Bison @acronym{GLR} parsing stack is what is in effect a tree of states.
   5786 
   5787 In effect, each stack represents a guess as to what the proper parse
   5788 is.  Additional input may indicate that a guess was wrong, in which case
   5789 the appropriate stack silently disappears.  Otherwise, the semantics
   5790 actions generated in each stack are saved, rather than being executed
   5791 immediately.  When a stack disappears, its saved semantic actions never
   5792 get executed.  When a reduction causes two stacks to become equivalent,
   5793 their sets of semantic actions are both saved with the state that
   5794 results from the reduction.  We say that two stacks are equivalent
   5795 when they both represent the same sequence of states,
   5796 and each pair of corresponding states represents a
   5797 grammar symbol that produces the same segment of the input token
   5798 stream.
   5799 
   5800 Whenever the parser makes a transition from having multiple
   5801 states to having one, it reverts to the normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing
   5802 algorithm, after resolving and executing the saved-up actions.
   5803 At this transition, some of the states on the stack will have semantic
   5804 values that are sets (actually multisets) of possible actions.  The
   5805 parser tries to pick one of the actions by first finding one whose rule
   5806 has the highest dynamic precedence, as set by the @samp{%dprec}
   5807 declaration.  Otherwise, if the alternative actions are not ordered by
   5808 precedence, but there the same merging function is declared for both
   5809 rules by the @samp{%merge} declaration,
   5810 Bison resolves and evaluates both and then calls the merge function on
   5811 the result.  Otherwise, it reports an ambiguity.
   5812 
   5813 It is possible to use a data structure for the @acronym{GLR} parsing tree that
   5814 permits the processing of any @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar in linear time (in the
   5815 size of the input), any unambiguous (not necessarily
   5816 @acronym{LALR}(1)) grammar in
   5817 quadratic worst-case time, and any general (possibly ambiguous)
   5818 context-free grammar in cubic worst-case time.  However, Bison currently
   5819 uses a simpler data structure that requires time proportional to the
   5820 length of the input times the maximum number of stacks required for any
   5821 prefix of the input.  Thus, really ambiguous or nondeterministic
   5822 grammars can require exponential time and space to process.  Such badly
   5823 behaving examples, however, are not generally of practical interest.
   5824 Usually, nondeterminism in a grammar is local---the parser is ``in
   5825 doubt'' only for a few tokens at a time.  Therefore, the current data
   5826 structure should generally be adequate.  On @acronym{LALR}(1) portions of a
   5827 grammar, in particular, it is only slightly slower than with the default
   5828 Bison parser.
   5829 
   5830 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{GLR} parsers, please see: Elizabeth
   5831 Scott, Adrian Johnstone and Shamsa Sadaf Hussain, Tomita-Style
   5832 Generalised @acronym{LR} Parsers, Royal Holloway, University of
   5833 London, Department of Computer Science, TR-00-12,
   5834 @uref{http://www.cs.rhul.ac.uk/research/languages/publications/tomita_style_1.ps},
   5835 (2000-12-24).
   5836 
   5837 @node Memory Management
   5838 @section Memory Management, and How to Avoid Memory Exhaustion
   5839 @cindex memory exhaustion
   5840 @cindex memory management
   5841 @cindex stack overflow
   5842 @cindex parser stack overflow
   5843 @cindex overflow of parser stack
   5844 
   5845 The Bison parser stack can run out of memory if too many tokens are shifted and
   5846 not reduced.  When this happens, the parser function @code{yyparse}
   5847 calls @code{yyerror} and then returns 2.
   5848 
   5849 Because Bison parsers have growing stacks, hitting the upper limit
   5850 usually results from using a right recursion instead of a left
   5851 recursion, @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
   5852 
   5853 @vindex YYMAXDEPTH
   5854 By defining the macro @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, you can control how deep the
   5855 parser stack can become before memory is exhausted.  Define the
   5856 macro with a value that is an integer.  This value is the maximum number
   5857 of tokens that can be shifted (and not reduced) before overflow.
   5858 
   5859 The stack space allowed is not necessarily allocated.  If you specify a
   5860 large value for @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, the parser normally allocates a small
   5861 stack at first, and then makes it bigger by stages as needed.  This
   5862 increasing allocation happens automatically and silently.  Therefore,
   5863 you do not need to make @code{YYMAXDEPTH} painfully small merely to save
   5864 space for ordinary inputs that do not need much stack.
   5865 
   5866 However, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be a value so large that
   5867 arithmetic overflow could occur when calculating the size of the stack
   5868 space.  Also, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be less than
   5869 @code{YYINITDEPTH}.
   5870 
   5871 @cindex default stack limit
   5872 The default value of @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, if you do not define it, is
   5873 10000.
   5874 
   5875 @vindex YYINITDEPTH
   5876 You can control how much stack is allocated initially by defining the
   5877 macro @code{YYINITDEPTH} to a positive integer.  For the C
   5878 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser, this value must be a compile-time constant
   5879 unless you are assuming C99 or some other target language or compiler
   5880 that allows variable-length arrays.  The default is 200.
   5881 
   5882 Do not allow @code{YYINITDEPTH} to be greater than @code{YYMAXDEPTH}.
   5883 
   5884 @c FIXME: C++ output.
   5885 Because of semantical differences between C and C++, the
   5886 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers in C produced by Bison cannot grow when compiled
   5887 by C++ compilers.  In this precise case (compiling a C parser as C++) you are
   5888 suggested to grow @code{YYINITDEPTH}.  The Bison maintainers hope to fix
   5889 this deficiency in a future release.
   5890 
   5891 @node Error Recovery
   5892 @chapter Error Recovery
   5893 @cindex error recovery
   5894 @cindex recovery from errors
   5895 
   5896 It is not usually acceptable to have a program terminate on a syntax
   5897 error.  For example, a compiler should recover sufficiently to parse the
   5898 rest of the input file and check it for errors; a calculator should accept
   5899 another expression.
   5900 
   5901 In a simple interactive command parser where each input is one line, it may
   5902 be sufficient to allow @code{yyparse} to return 1 on error and have the
   5903 caller ignore the rest of the input line when that happens (and then call
   5904 @code{yyparse} again).  But this is inadequate for a compiler, because it
   5905 forgets all the syntactic context leading up to the error.  A syntax error
   5906 deep within a function in the compiler input should not cause the compiler
   5907 to treat the following line like the beginning of a source file.
   5908 
   5909 @findex error
   5910 You can define how to recover from a syntax error by writing rules to
   5911 recognize the special token @code{error}.  This is a terminal symbol that
   5912 is always defined (you need not declare it) and reserved for error
   5913 handling.  The Bison parser generates an @code{error} token whenever a
   5914 syntax error happens; if you have provided a rule to recognize this token
   5915 in the current context, the parse can continue.
   5916 
   5917 For example:
   5918 
   5919 @example
   5920 stmnts:  /* empty string */
   5921         | stmnts '\n'
   5922         | stmnts exp '\n'
   5923         | stmnts error '\n'
   5924 @end example
   5925 
   5926 The fourth rule in this example says that an error followed by a newline
   5927 makes a valid addition to any @code{stmnts}.
   5928 
   5929 What happens if a syntax error occurs in the middle of an @code{exp}?  The
   5930 error recovery rule, interpreted strictly, applies to the precise sequence
   5931 of a @code{stmnts}, an @code{error} and a newline.  If an error occurs in
   5932 the middle of an @code{exp}, there will probably be some additional tokens
   5933 and subexpressions on the stack after the last @code{stmnts}, and there
   5934 will be tokens to read before the next newline.  So the rule is not
   5935 applicable in the ordinary way.
   5936 
   5937 But Bison can force the situation to fit the rule, by discarding part of
   5938 the semantic context and part of the input.  First it discards states
   5939 and objects from the stack until it gets back to a state in which the
   5940 @code{error} token is acceptable.  (This means that the subexpressions
   5941 already parsed are discarded, back to the last complete @code{stmnts}.)
   5942 At this point the @code{error} token can be shifted.  Then, if the old
   5943 look-ahead token is not acceptable to be shifted next, the parser reads
   5944 tokens and discards them until it finds a token which is acceptable.  In
   5945 this example, Bison reads and discards input until the next newline so
   5946 that the fourth rule can apply.  Note that discarded symbols are
   5947 possible sources of memory leaks, see @ref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing
   5948 Discarded Symbols}, for a means to reclaim this memory.
   5949 
   5950 The choice of error rules in the grammar is a choice of strategies for
   5951 error recovery.  A simple and useful strategy is simply to skip the rest of
   5952 the current input line or current statement if an error is detected:
   5953 
   5954 @example
   5955 stmnt: error ';'  /* On error, skip until ';' is read.  */
   5956 @end example
   5957 
   5958 It is also useful to recover to the matching close-delimiter of an
   5959 opening-delimiter that has already been parsed.  Otherwise the
   5960 close-delimiter will probably appear to be unmatched, and generate another,
   5961 spurious error message:
   5962 
   5963 @example
   5964 primary:  '(' expr ')'
   5965         | '(' error ')'
   5966         @dots{}
   5967         ;
   5968 @end example
   5969 
   5970 Error recovery strategies are necessarily guesses.  When they guess wrong,
   5971 one syntax error often leads to another.  In the above example, the error
   5972 recovery rule guesses that an error is due to bad input within one
   5973 @code{stmnt}.  Suppose that instead a spurious semicolon is inserted in the
   5974 middle of a valid @code{stmnt}.  After the error recovery rule recovers
   5975 from the first error, another syntax error will be found straightaway,
   5976 since the text following the spurious semicolon is also an invalid
   5977 @code{stmnt}.
   5978 
   5979 To prevent an outpouring of error messages, the parser will output no error
   5980 message for another syntax error that happens shortly after the first; only
   5981 after three consecutive input tokens have been successfully shifted will
   5982 error messages resume.
   5983 
   5984 Note that rules which accept the @code{error} token may have actions, just
   5985 as any other rules can.
   5986 
   5987 @findex yyerrok
   5988 You can make error messages resume immediately by using the macro
   5989 @code{yyerrok} in an action.  If you do this in the error rule's action, no
   5990 error messages will be suppressed.  This macro requires no arguments;
   5991 @samp{yyerrok;} is a valid C statement.
   5992 
   5993 @findex yyclearin
   5994 The previous look-ahead token is reanalyzed immediately after an error.  If
   5995 this is unacceptable, then the macro @code{yyclearin} may be used to clear
   5996 this token.  Write the statement @samp{yyclearin;} in the error rule's
   5997 action.
   5998 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
   5999 
   6000 For example, suppose that on a syntax error, an error handling routine is
   6001 called that advances the input stream to some point where parsing should
   6002 once again commence.  The next symbol returned by the lexical scanner is
   6003 probably correct.  The previous look-ahead token ought to be discarded
   6004 with @samp{yyclearin;}.
   6005 
   6006 @vindex YYRECOVERING
   6007 The expression @code{YYRECOVERING ()} yields 1 when the parser
   6008 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 otherwise.
   6009 Syntax error diagnostics are suppressed while recovering from a syntax
   6010 error.
   6011 
   6012 @node Context Dependency
   6013 @chapter Handling Context Dependencies
   6014 
   6015 The Bison paradigm is to parse tokens first, then group them into larger
   6016 syntactic units.  In many languages, the meaning of a token is affected by
   6017 its context.  Although this violates the Bison paradigm, certain techniques
   6018 (known as @dfn{kludges}) may enable you to write Bison parsers for such
   6019 languages.
   6020 
   6021 @menu
   6022 * Semantic Tokens::   Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
   6023 * Lexical Tie-ins::   Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
   6024 * Tie-in Recovery::   Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
   6025                         error recovery rules must be written.
   6026 @end menu
   6027 
   6028 (Actually, ``kludge'' means any technique that gets its job done but is
   6029 neither clean nor robust.)
   6030 
   6031 @node Semantic Tokens
   6032 @section Semantic Info in Token Types
   6033 
   6034 The C language has a context dependency: the way an identifier is used
   6035 depends on what its current meaning is.  For example, consider this:
   6036 
   6037 @example
   6038 foo (x);
   6039 @end example
   6040 
   6041 This looks like a function call statement, but if @code{foo} is a typedef
   6042 name, then this is actually a declaration of @code{x}.  How can a Bison
   6043 parser for C decide how to parse this input?
   6044 
   6045 The method used in @acronym{GNU} C is to have two different token types,
   6046 @code{IDENTIFIER} and @code{TYPENAME}.  When @code{yylex} finds an
   6047 identifier, it looks up the current declaration of the identifier in order
   6048 to decide which token type to return: @code{TYPENAME} if the identifier is
   6049 declared as a typedef, @code{IDENTIFIER} otherwise.
   6050 
   6051 The grammar rules can then express the context dependency by the choice of
   6052 token type to recognize.  @code{IDENTIFIER} is accepted as an expression,
   6053 but @code{TYPENAME} is not.  @code{TYPENAME} can start a declaration, but
   6054 @code{IDENTIFIER} cannot.  In contexts where the meaning of the identifier
   6055 is @emph{not} significant, such as in declarations that can shadow a
   6056 typedef name, either @code{TYPENAME} or @code{IDENTIFIER} is
   6057 accepted---there is one rule for each of the two token types.
   6058 
   6059 This technique is simple to use if the decision of which kinds of
   6060 identifiers to allow is made at a place close to where the identifier is
   6061 parsed.  But in C this is not always so: C allows a declaration to
   6062 redeclare a typedef name provided an explicit type has been specified
   6063 earlier:
   6064 
   6065 @example
   6066 typedef int foo, bar;
   6067 int baz (void)
   6068 @{
   6069   static bar (bar);      /* @r{redeclare @code{bar} as static variable} */
   6070   extern foo foo (foo);  /* @r{redeclare @code{foo} as function} */
   6071   return foo (bar);
   6072 @}
   6073 @end example
   6074 
   6075 Unfortunately, the name being declared is separated from the declaration
   6076 construct itself by a complicated syntactic structure---the ``declarator''.
   6077 
   6078 As a result, part of the Bison parser for C needs to be duplicated, with
   6079 all the nonterminal names changed: once for parsing a declaration in
   6080 which a typedef name can be redefined, and once for parsing a
   6081 declaration in which that can't be done.  Here is a part of the
   6082 duplication, with actions omitted for brevity:
   6083 
   6084 @example
   6085 initdcl:
   6086           declarator maybeasm '='
   6087           init
   6088         | declarator maybeasm
   6089         ;
   6090 
   6091 notype_initdcl:
   6092           notype_declarator maybeasm '='
   6093           init
   6094         | notype_declarator maybeasm
   6095         ;
   6096 @end example
   6097 
   6098 @noindent
   6099 Here @code{initdcl} can redeclare a typedef name, but @code{notype_initdcl}
   6100 cannot.  The distinction between @code{declarator} and
   6101 @code{notype_declarator} is the same sort of thing.
   6102 
   6103 There is some similarity between this technique and a lexical tie-in
   6104 (described next), in that information which alters the lexical analysis is
   6105 changed during parsing by other parts of the program.  The difference is
   6106 here the information is global, and is used for other purposes in the
   6107 program.  A true lexical tie-in has a special-purpose flag controlled by
   6108 the syntactic context.
   6109 
   6110 @node Lexical Tie-ins
   6111 @section Lexical Tie-ins
   6112 @cindex lexical tie-in
   6113 
   6114 One way to handle context-dependency is the @dfn{lexical tie-in}: a flag
   6115 which is set by Bison actions, whose purpose is to alter the way tokens are
   6116 parsed.
   6117 
   6118 For example, suppose we have a language vaguely like C, but with a special
   6119 construct @samp{hex (@var{hex-expr})}.  After the keyword @code{hex} comes
   6120 an expression in parentheses in which all integers are hexadecimal.  In
   6121 particular, the token @samp{a1b} must be treated as an integer rather than
   6122 as an identifier if it appears in that context.  Here is how you can do it:
   6123 
   6124 @example
   6125 @group
   6126 %@{
   6127   int hexflag;
   6128   int yylex (void);
   6129   void yyerror (char const *);
   6130 %@}
   6131 %%
   6132 @dots{}
   6133 @end group
   6134 @group
   6135 expr:   IDENTIFIER
   6136         | constant
   6137         | HEX '('
   6138                 @{ hexflag = 1; @}
   6139           expr ')'
   6140                 @{ hexflag = 0;
   6141                    $$ = $4; @}
   6142         | expr '+' expr
   6143                 @{ $$ = make_sum ($1, $3); @}
   6144         @dots{}
   6145         ;
   6146 @end group
   6147 
   6148 @group
   6149 constant:
   6150           INTEGER
   6151         | STRING
   6152         ;
   6153 @end group
   6154 @end example
   6155 
   6156 @noindent
   6157 Here we assume that @code{yylex} looks at the value of @code{hexflag}; when
   6158 it is nonzero, all integers are parsed in hexadecimal, and tokens starting
   6159 with letters are parsed as integers if possible.
   6160 
   6161 The declaration of @code{hexflag} shown in the prologue of the parser file
   6162 is needed to make it accessible to the actions (@pxref{Prologue, ,The Prologue}).
   6163 You must also write the code in @code{yylex} to obey the flag.
   6164 
   6165 @node Tie-in Recovery
   6166 @section Lexical Tie-ins and Error Recovery
   6167 
   6168 Lexical tie-ins make strict demands on any error recovery rules you have.
   6169 @xref{Error Recovery}.
   6170 
   6171 The reason for this is that the purpose of an error recovery rule is to
   6172 abort the parsing of one construct and resume in some larger construct.
   6173 For example, in C-like languages, a typical error recovery rule is to skip
   6174 tokens until the next semicolon, and then start a new statement, like this:
   6175 
   6176 @example
   6177 stmt:   expr ';'
   6178         | IF '(' expr ')' stmt @{ @dots{} @}
   6179         @dots{}
   6180         error ';'
   6181                 @{ hexflag = 0; @}
   6182         ;
   6183 @end example
   6184 
   6185 If there is a syntax error in the middle of a @samp{hex (@var{expr})}
   6186 construct, this error rule will apply, and then the action for the
   6187 completed @samp{hex (@var{expr})} will never run.  So @code{hexflag} would
   6188 remain set for the entire rest of the input, or until the next @code{hex}
   6189 keyword, causing identifiers to be misinterpreted as integers.
   6190 
   6191 To avoid this problem the error recovery rule itself clears @code{hexflag}.
   6192 
   6193 There may also be an error recovery rule that works within expressions.
   6194 For example, there could be a rule which applies within parentheses
   6195 and skips to the close-parenthesis:
   6196 
   6197 @example
   6198 @group
   6199 expr:   @dots{}
   6200         | '(' expr ')'
   6201                 @{ $$ = $2; @}
   6202         | '(' error ')'
   6203         @dots{}
   6204 @end group
   6205 @end example
   6206 
   6207 If this rule acts within the @code{hex} construct, it is not going to abort
   6208 that construct (since it applies to an inner level of parentheses within
   6209 the construct).  Therefore, it should not clear the flag: the rest of
   6210 the @code{hex} construct should be parsed with the flag still in effect.
   6211 
   6212 What if there is an error recovery rule which might abort out of the
   6213 @code{hex} construct or might not, depending on circumstances?  There is no
   6214 way you can write the action to determine whether a @code{hex} construct is
   6215 being aborted or not.  So if you are using a lexical tie-in, you had better
   6216 make sure your error recovery rules are not of this kind.  Each rule must
   6217 be such that you can be sure that it always will, or always won't, have to
   6218 clear the flag.
   6219 
   6220 @c ================================================== Debugging Your Parser
   6221 
   6222 @node Debugging
   6223 @chapter Debugging Your Parser
   6224 
   6225 Developing a parser can be a challenge, especially if you don't
   6226 understand the algorithm (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser
   6227 Algorithm}).  Even so, sometimes a detailed description of the automaton
   6228 can help (@pxref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}), or
   6229 tracing the execution of the parser can give some insight on why it
   6230 behaves improperly (@pxref{Tracing, , Tracing Your Parser}).
   6231 
   6232 @menu
   6233 * Understanding::     Understanding the structure of your parser.
   6234 * Tracing::           Tracing the execution of your parser.
   6235 @end menu
   6236 
   6237 @node Understanding
   6238 @section Understanding Your Parser
   6239 
   6240 As documented elsewhere (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm})
   6241 Bison parsers are @dfn{shift/reduce automata}.  In some cases (much more
   6242 frequent than one would hope), looking at this automaton is required to
   6243 tune or simply fix a parser.  Bison provides two different
   6244 representation of it, either textually or graphically (as a @acronym{VCG}
   6245 file).
   6246 
   6247 The textual file is generated when the options @option{--report} or
   6248 @option{--verbose} are specified, see @xref{Invocation, , Invoking
   6249 Bison}.  Its name is made by removing @samp{.tab.c} or @samp{.c} from
   6250 the parser output file name, and adding @samp{.output} instead.
   6251 Therefore, if the input file is @file{foo.y}, then the parser file is
   6252 called @file{foo.tab.c} by default.  As a consequence, the verbose
   6253 output file is called @file{foo.output}.
   6254 
   6255 The following grammar file, @file{calc.y}, will be used in the sequel:
   6256 
   6257 @example
   6258 %token NUM STR
   6259 %left '+' '-'
   6260 %left '*'
   6261 %%
   6262 exp: exp '+' exp
   6263    | exp '-' exp
   6264    | exp '*' exp
   6265    | exp '/' exp
   6266    | NUM
   6267    ;
   6268 useless: STR;
   6269 %%
   6270 @end example
   6271 
   6272 @command{bison} reports:
   6273 
   6274 @example
   6275 calc.y: warning: 1 useless nonterminal and 1 useless rule
   6276 calc.y:11.1-7: warning: useless nonterminal: useless
   6277 calc.y:11.10-12: warning: useless rule: useless: STR
   6278 calc.y: conflicts: 7 shift/reduce
   6279 @end example
   6280 
   6281 When given @option{--report=state}, in addition to @file{calc.tab.c}, it
   6282 creates a file @file{calc.output} with contents detailed below.  The
   6283 order of the output and the exact presentation might vary, but the
   6284 interpretation is the same.
   6285 
   6286 The first section includes details on conflicts that were solved thanks
   6287 to precedence and/or associativity:
   6288 
   6289 @example
   6290 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '+' resolved as reduce.
   6291 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '-' resolved as reduce.
   6292 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '*' resolved as shift.
   6293 @exdent @dots{}
   6294 @end example
   6295 
   6296 @noindent
   6297 The next section lists states that still have conflicts.
   6298 
   6299 @example
   6300 State 8 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
   6301 State 9 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
   6302 State 10 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
   6303 State 11 conflicts: 4 shift/reduce
   6304 @end example
   6305 
   6306 @noindent
   6307 @cindex token, useless
   6308 @cindex useless token
   6309 @cindex nonterminal, useless
   6310 @cindex useless nonterminal
   6311 @cindex rule, useless
   6312 @cindex useless rule
   6313 The next section reports useless tokens, nonterminal and rules.  Useless
   6314 nonterminals and rules are removed in order to produce a smaller parser,
   6315 but useless tokens are preserved, since they might be used by the
   6316 scanner (note the difference between ``useless'' and ``not used''
   6317 below):
   6318 
   6319 @example
   6320 Useless nonterminals:
   6321    useless
   6322 
   6323 Terminals which are not used:
   6324    STR
   6325 
   6326 Useless rules:
   6327 #6     useless: STR;
   6328 @end example
   6329 
   6330 @noindent
   6331 The next section reproduces the exact grammar that Bison used:
   6332 
   6333 @example
   6334 Grammar
   6335 
   6336   Number, Line, Rule
   6337     0   5 $accept -> exp $end
   6338     1   5 exp -> exp '+' exp
   6339     2   6 exp -> exp '-' exp
   6340     3   7 exp -> exp '*' exp
   6341     4   8 exp -> exp '/' exp
   6342     5   9 exp -> NUM
   6343 @end example
   6344 
   6345 @noindent
   6346 and reports the uses of the symbols:
   6347 
   6348 @example
   6349 Terminals, with rules where they appear
   6350 
   6351 $end (0) 0
   6352 '*' (42) 3
   6353 '+' (43) 1
   6354 '-' (45) 2
   6355 '/' (47) 4
   6356 error (256)
   6357 NUM (258) 5
   6358 
   6359 Nonterminals, with rules where they appear
   6360 
   6361 $accept (8)
   6362     on left: 0
   6363 exp (9)
   6364     on left: 1 2 3 4 5, on right: 0 1 2 3 4
   6365 @end example
   6366 
   6367 @noindent
   6368 @cindex item
   6369 @cindex pointed rule
   6370 @cindex rule, pointed
   6371 Bison then proceeds onto the automaton itself, describing each state
   6372 with it set of @dfn{items}, also known as @dfn{pointed rules}.  Each
   6373 item is a production rule together with a point (marked by @samp{.})
   6374 that the input cursor.
   6375 
   6376 @example
   6377 state 0
   6378 
   6379     $accept  ->  . exp $   (rule 0)
   6380 
   6381     NUM         shift, and go to state 1
   6382 
   6383     exp         go to state 2
   6384 @end example
   6385 
   6386 This reads as follows: ``state 0 corresponds to being at the very
   6387 beginning of the parsing, in the initial rule, right before the start
   6388 symbol (here, @code{exp}).  When the parser returns to this state right
   6389 after having reduced a rule that produced an @code{exp}, the control
   6390 flow jumps to state 2.  If there is no such transition on a nonterminal
   6391 symbol, and the look-ahead is a @code{NUM}, then this token is shifted on
   6392 the parse stack, and the control flow jumps to state 1.  Any other
   6393 look-ahead triggers a syntax error.''
   6394 
   6395 @cindex core, item set
   6396 @cindex item set core
   6397 @cindex kernel, item set
   6398 @cindex item set core
   6399 Even though the only active rule in state 0 seems to be rule 0, the
   6400 report lists @code{NUM} as a look-ahead token because @code{NUM} can be
   6401 at the beginning of any rule deriving an @code{exp}.  By default Bison
   6402 reports the so-called @dfn{core} or @dfn{kernel} of the item set, but if
   6403 you want to see more detail you can invoke @command{bison} with
   6404 @option{--report=itemset} to list all the items, include those that can
   6405 be derived:
   6406 
   6407 @example
   6408 state 0
   6409 
   6410     $accept  ->  . exp $   (rule 0)
   6411     exp  ->  . exp '+' exp   (rule 1)
   6412     exp  ->  . exp '-' exp   (rule 2)
   6413     exp  ->  . exp '*' exp   (rule 3)
   6414     exp  ->  . exp '/' exp   (rule 4)
   6415     exp  ->  . NUM   (rule 5)
   6416 
   6417     NUM         shift, and go to state 1
   6418 
   6419     exp         go to state 2
   6420 @end example
   6421 
   6422 @noindent
   6423 In the state 1...
   6424 
   6425 @example
   6426 state 1
   6427 
   6428     exp  ->  NUM .   (rule 5)
   6429 
   6430     $default    reduce using rule 5 (exp)
   6431 @end example
   6432 
   6433 @noindent
   6434 the rule 5, @samp{exp: NUM;}, is completed.  Whatever the look-ahead token
   6435 (@samp{$default}), the parser will reduce it.  If it was coming from
   6436 state 0, then, after this reduction it will return to state 0, and will
   6437 jump to state 2 (@samp{exp: go to state 2}).
   6438 
   6439 @example
   6440 state 2
   6441 
   6442     $accept  ->  exp . $   (rule 0)
   6443     exp  ->  exp . '+' exp   (rule 1)
   6444     exp  ->  exp . '-' exp   (rule 2)
   6445     exp  ->  exp . '*' exp   (rule 3)
   6446     exp  ->  exp . '/' exp   (rule 4)
   6447 
   6448     $           shift, and go to state 3
   6449     '+'         shift, and go to state 4
   6450     '-'         shift, and go to state 5
   6451     '*'         shift, and go to state 6
   6452     '/'         shift, and go to state 7
   6453 @end example
   6454 
   6455 @noindent
   6456 In state 2, the automaton can only shift a symbol.  For instance,
   6457 because of the item @samp{exp -> exp . '+' exp}, if the look-ahead if
   6458 @samp{+}, it will be shifted on the parse stack, and the automaton
   6459 control will jump to state 4, corresponding to the item @samp{exp -> exp
   6460 '+' . exp}.  Since there is no default action, any other token than
   6461 those listed above will trigger a syntax error.
   6462 
   6463 The state 3 is named the @dfn{final state}, or the @dfn{accepting
   6464 state}:
   6465 
   6466 @example
   6467 state 3
   6468 
   6469     $accept  ->  exp $ .   (rule 0)
   6470 
   6471     $default    accept
   6472 @end example
   6473 
   6474 @noindent
   6475 the initial rule is completed (the start symbol and the end
   6476 of input were read), the parsing exits successfully.
   6477 
   6478 The interpretation of states 4 to 7 is straightforward, and is left to
   6479 the reader.
   6480 
   6481 @example
   6482 state 4
   6483 
   6484     exp  ->  exp '+' . exp   (rule 1)
   6485 
   6486     NUM         shift, and go to state 1
   6487 
   6488     exp         go to state 8
   6489 
   6490 state 5
   6491 
   6492     exp  ->  exp '-' . exp   (rule 2)
   6493 
   6494     NUM         shift, and go to state 1
   6495 
   6496     exp         go to state 9
   6497 
   6498 state 6
   6499 
   6500     exp  ->  exp '*' . exp   (rule 3)
   6501 
   6502     NUM         shift, and go to state 1
   6503 
   6504     exp         go to state 10
   6505 
   6506 state 7
   6507 
   6508     exp  ->  exp '/' . exp   (rule 4)
   6509 
   6510     NUM         shift, and go to state 1
   6511 
   6512     exp         go to state 11
   6513 @end example
   6514 
   6515 As was announced in beginning of the report, @samp{State 8 conflicts:
   6516 1 shift/reduce}:
   6517 
   6518 @example
   6519 state 8
   6520 
   6521     exp  ->  exp . '+' exp   (rule 1)
   6522     exp  ->  exp '+' exp .   (rule 1)
   6523     exp  ->  exp . '-' exp   (rule 2)
   6524     exp  ->  exp . '*' exp   (rule 3)
   6525     exp  ->  exp . '/' exp   (rule 4)
   6526 
   6527     '*'         shift, and go to state 6
   6528     '/'         shift, and go to state 7
   6529 
   6530     '/'         [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
   6531     $default    reduce using rule 1 (exp)
   6532 @end example
   6533 
   6534 Indeed, there are two actions associated to the look-ahead @samp{/}:
   6535 either shifting (and going to state 7), or reducing rule 1.  The
   6536 conflict means that either the grammar is ambiguous, or the parser lacks
   6537 information to make the right decision.  Indeed the grammar is
   6538 ambiguous, as, since we did not specify the precedence of @samp{/}, the
   6539 sentence @samp{NUM + NUM / NUM} can be parsed as @samp{NUM + (NUM /
   6540 NUM)}, which corresponds to shifting @samp{/}, or as @samp{(NUM + NUM) /
   6541 NUM}, which corresponds to reducing rule 1.
   6542 
   6543 Because in @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing a single decision can be made, Bison
   6544 arbitrarily chose to disable the reduction, see @ref{Shift/Reduce, ,
   6545 Shift/Reduce Conflicts}.  Discarded actions are reported in between
   6546 square brackets.
   6547 
   6548 Note that all the previous states had a single possible action: either
   6549 shifting the next token and going to the corresponding state, or
   6550 reducing a single rule.  In the other cases, i.e., when shifting
   6551 @emph{and} reducing is possible or when @emph{several} reductions are
   6552 possible, the look-ahead is required to select the action.  State 8 is
   6553 one such state: if the look-ahead is @samp{*} or @samp{/} then the action
   6554 is shifting, otherwise the action is reducing rule 1.  In other words,
   6555 the first two items, corresponding to rule 1, are not eligible when the
   6556 look-ahead token is @samp{*}, since we specified that @samp{*} has higher
   6557 precedence than @samp{+}.  More generally, some items are eligible only
   6558 with some set of possible look-ahead tokens.  When run with
   6559 @option{--report=look-ahead}, Bison specifies these look-ahead tokens:
   6560 
   6561 @example
   6562 state 8
   6563 
   6564     exp  ->  exp . '+' exp  [$, '+', '-', '/']   (rule 1)
   6565     exp  ->  exp '+' exp .  [$, '+', '-', '/']   (rule 1)
   6566     exp  ->  exp . '-' exp   (rule 2)
   6567     exp  ->  exp . '*' exp   (rule 3)
   6568     exp  ->  exp . '/' exp   (rule 4)
   6569 
   6570     '*'         shift, and go to state 6
   6571     '/'         shift, and go to state 7
   6572 
   6573     '/'         [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
   6574     $default    reduce using rule 1 (exp)
   6575 @end example
   6576 
   6577 The remaining states are similar:
   6578 
   6579 @example
   6580 state 9
   6581 
   6582     exp  ->  exp . '+' exp   (rule 1)
   6583     exp  ->  exp . '-' exp   (rule 2)
   6584     exp  ->  exp '-' exp .   (rule 2)
   6585     exp  ->  exp . '*' exp   (rule 3)
   6586     exp  ->  exp . '/' exp   (rule 4)
   6587 
   6588     '*'         shift, and go to state 6
   6589     '/'         shift, and go to state 7
   6590 
   6591     '/'         [reduce using rule 2 (exp)]
   6592     $default    reduce using rule 2 (exp)
   6593 
   6594 state 10
   6595 
   6596     exp  ->  exp . '+' exp   (rule 1)
   6597     exp  ->  exp . '-' exp   (rule 2)
   6598     exp  ->  exp . '*' exp   (rule 3)
   6599     exp  ->  exp '*' exp .   (rule 3)
   6600     exp  ->  exp . '/' exp   (rule 4)
   6601 
   6602     '/'         shift, and go to state 7
   6603 
   6604     '/'         [reduce using rule 3 (exp)]
   6605     $default    reduce using rule 3 (exp)
   6606 
   6607 state 11
   6608 
   6609     exp  ->  exp . '+' exp   (rule 1)
   6610     exp  ->  exp . '-' exp   (rule 2)
   6611     exp  ->  exp . '*' exp   (rule 3)
   6612     exp  ->  exp . '/' exp   (rule 4)
   6613     exp  ->  exp '/' exp .   (rule 4)
   6614 
   6615     '+'         shift, and go to state 4
   6616     '-'         shift, and go to state 5
   6617     '*'         shift, and go to state 6
   6618     '/'         shift, and go to state 7
   6619 
   6620     '+'         [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
   6621     '-'         [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
   6622     '*'         [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
   6623     '/'         [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
   6624     $default    reduce using rule 4 (exp)
   6625 @end example
   6626 
   6627 @noindent
   6628 Observe that state 11 contains conflicts not only due to the lack of
   6629 precedence of @samp{/} with respect to @samp{+}, @samp{-}, and
   6630 @samp{*}, but also because the
   6631 associativity of @samp{/} is not specified.
   6632 
   6633 
   6634 @node Tracing
   6635 @section Tracing Your Parser
   6636 @findex yydebug
   6637 @cindex debugging
   6638 @cindex tracing the parser
   6639 
   6640 If a Bison grammar compiles properly but doesn't do what you want when it
   6641 runs, the @code{yydebug} parser-trace feature can help you figure out why.
   6642 
   6643 There are several means to enable compilation of trace facilities:
   6644 
   6645 @table @asis
   6646 @item the macro @code{YYDEBUG}
   6647 @findex YYDEBUG
   6648 Define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value when you compile the
   6649 parser.  This is compliant with @acronym{POSIX} Yacc.  You could use
   6650 @samp{-DYYDEBUG=1} as a compiler option or you could put @samp{#define
   6651 YYDEBUG 1} in the prologue of the grammar file (@pxref{Prologue, , The
   6652 Prologue}).
   6653 
   6654 @item the option @option{-t}, @option{--debug}
   6655 Use the @samp{-t} option when you run Bison (@pxref{Invocation,
   6656 ,Invoking Bison}).  This is @acronym{POSIX} compliant too.
   6657 
   6658 @item the directive @samp{%debug}
   6659 @findex %debug
   6660 Add the @code{%debug} directive (@pxref{Decl Summary, ,Bison
   6661 Declaration Summary}).  This is a Bison extension, which will prove
   6662 useful when Bison will output parsers for languages that don't use a
   6663 preprocessor.  Unless @acronym{POSIX} and Yacc portability matter to
   6664 you, this is
   6665 the preferred solution.
   6666 @end table
   6667 
   6668 We suggest that you always enable the debug option so that debugging is
   6669 always possible.
   6670 
   6671 The trace facility outputs messages with macro calls of the form
   6672 @code{YYFPRINTF (stderr, @var{format}, @var{args})} where
   6673 @var{format} and @var{args} are the usual @code{printf} format and
   6674 arguments.  If you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value but do not
   6675 define @code{YYFPRINTF}, @code{<stdio.h>} is automatically included
   6676 and @code{YYPRINTF} is defined to @code{fprintf}.
   6677 
   6678 Once you have compiled the program with trace facilities, the way to
   6679 request a trace is to store a nonzero value in the variable @code{yydebug}.
   6680 You can do this by making the C code do it (in @code{main}, perhaps), or
   6681 you can alter the value with a C debugger.
   6682 
   6683 Each step taken by the parser when @code{yydebug} is nonzero produces a
   6684 line or two of trace information, written on @code{stderr}.  The trace
   6685 messages tell you these things:
   6686 
   6687 @itemize @bullet
   6688 @item
   6689 Each time the parser calls @code{yylex}, what kind of token was read.
   6690 
   6691 @item
   6692 Each time a token is shifted, the depth and complete contents of the
   6693 state stack (@pxref{Parser States}).
   6694 
   6695 @item
   6696 Each time a rule is reduced, which rule it is, and the complete contents
   6697 of the state stack afterward.
   6698 @end itemize
   6699 
   6700 To make sense of this information, it helps to refer to the listing file
   6701 produced by the Bison @samp{-v} option (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking
   6702 Bison}).  This file shows the meaning of each state in terms of
   6703 positions in various rules, and also what each state will do with each
   6704 possible input token.  As you read the successive trace messages, you
   6705 can see that the parser is functioning according to its specification in
   6706 the listing file.  Eventually you will arrive at the place where
   6707 something undesirable happens, and you will see which parts of the
   6708 grammar are to blame.
   6709 
   6710 The parser file is a C program and you can use C debuggers on it, but it's
   6711 not easy to interpret what it is doing.  The parser function is a
   6712 finite-state machine interpreter, and aside from the actions it executes
   6713 the same code over and over.  Only the values of variables show where in
   6714 the grammar it is working.
   6715 
   6716 @findex YYPRINT
   6717 The debugging information normally gives the token type of each token
   6718 read, but not its semantic value.  You can optionally define a macro
   6719 named @code{YYPRINT} to provide a way to print the value.  If you define
   6720 @code{YYPRINT}, it should take three arguments.  The parser will pass a
   6721 standard I/O stream, the numeric code for the token type, and the token
   6722 value (from @code{yylval}).
   6723 
   6724 Here is an example of @code{YYPRINT} suitable for the multi-function
   6725 calculator (@pxref{Mfcalc Decl, ,Declarations for @code{mfcalc}}):
   6726 
   6727 @smallexample
   6728 %@{
   6729   static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
   6730   #define YYPRINT(file, type, value) print_token_value (file, type, value)
   6731 %@}
   6732 
   6733 @dots{} %% @dots{} %% @dots{}
   6734 
   6735 static void
   6736 print_token_value (FILE *file, int type, YYSTYPE value)
   6737 @{
   6738   if (type == VAR)
   6739     fprintf (file, "%s", value.tptr->name);
   6740   else if (type == NUM)
   6741     fprintf (file, "%d", value.val);
   6742 @}
   6743 @end smallexample
   6744 
   6745 @c ================================================= Invoking Bison
   6746 
   6747 @node Invocation
   6748 @chapter Invoking Bison
   6749 @cindex invoking Bison
   6750 @cindex Bison invocation
   6751 @cindex options for invoking Bison
   6752 
   6753 The usual way to invoke Bison is as follows:
   6754 
   6755 @example
   6756 bison @var{infile}
   6757 @end example
   6758 
   6759 Here @var{infile} is the grammar file name, which usually ends in
   6760 @samp{.y}.  The parser file's name is made by replacing the @samp{.y}
   6761 with @samp{.tab.c} and removing any leading directory.  Thus, the
   6762 @samp{bison foo.y} file name yields
   6763 @file{foo.tab.c}, and the @samp{bison hack/foo.y} file name yields
   6764 @file{foo.tab.c}.  It's also possible, in case you are writing
   6765 C++ code instead of C in your grammar file, to name it @file{foo.ypp}
   6766 or @file{foo.y++}.  Then, the output files will take an extension like
   6767 the given one as input (respectively @file{foo.tab.cpp} and
   6768 @file{foo.tab.c++}).
   6769 This feature takes effect with all options that manipulate file names like
   6770 @samp{-o} or @samp{-d}.
   6771 
   6772 For example :
   6773 
   6774 @example
   6775 bison -d @var{infile.yxx}
   6776 @end example
   6777 @noindent
   6778 will produce @file{infile.tab.cxx} and @file{infile.tab.hxx}, and
   6779 
   6780 @example
   6781 bison -d -o @var{output.c++} @var{infile.y}
   6782 @end example
   6783 @noindent
   6784 will produce @file{output.c++} and @file{outfile.h++}.
   6785 
   6786 For compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}, the standard Bison
   6787 distribution also contains a shell script called @command{yacc} that
   6788 invokes Bison with the @option{-y} option.
   6789 
   6790 @menu
   6791 * Bison Options::     All the options described in detail,
   6792                         in alphabetical order by short options.
   6793 * Option Cross Key::  Alphabetical list of long options.
   6794 * Yacc Library::      Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
   6795 @end menu
   6796 
   6797 @node Bison Options
   6798 @section Bison Options
   6799 
   6800 Bison supports both traditional single-letter options and mnemonic long
   6801 option names.  Long option names are indicated with @samp{--} instead of
   6802 @samp{-}.  Abbreviations for option names are allowed as long as they
   6803 are unique.  When a long option takes an argument, like
   6804 @samp{--file-prefix}, connect the option name and the argument with
   6805 @samp{=}.
   6806 
   6807 Here is a list of options that can be used with Bison, alphabetized by
   6808 short option.  It is followed by a cross key alphabetized by long
   6809 option.
   6810 
   6811 @c Please, keep this ordered as in `bison --help'.
   6812 @noindent
   6813 Operations modes:
   6814 @table @option
   6815 @item -h
   6816 @itemx --help
   6817 Print a summary of the command-line options to Bison and exit.
   6818 
   6819 @item -V
   6820 @itemx --version
   6821 Print the version number of Bison and exit.
   6822 
   6823 @item --print-localedir
   6824 Print the name of the directory containing locale-dependent data.
   6825 
   6826 @item -y
   6827 @itemx --yacc
   6828 Act more like the traditional Yacc command.  This can cause
   6829 different diagnostics to be generated, and may change behavior in
   6830 other minor ways.  Most importantly, imitate Yacc's output
   6831 file name conventions, so that the parser output file is called
   6832 @file{y.tab.c}, and the other outputs are called @file{y.output} and
   6833 @file{y.tab.h}.  Thus, the following shell script can substitute
   6834 for Yacc, and the Bison distribution contains such a script for
   6835 compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}:
   6836 
   6837 @example
   6838 #! /bin/sh
   6839 bison -y "$@@"
   6840 @end example
   6841 
   6842 The @option{-y}/@option{--yacc} option is intended for use with
   6843 traditional Yacc grammars.  If your grammar uses a Bison extension
   6844 like @samp{%glr-parser}, Bison might not be Yacc-compatible even if
   6845 this option is specified.
   6846 
   6847 @end table
   6848 
   6849 @noindent
   6850 Tuning the parser:
   6851 
   6852 @table @option
   6853 @item -S @var{file}
   6854 @itemx --skeleton=@var{file}
   6855 Specify the skeleton to use.  You probably don't need this option unless
   6856 you are developing Bison.
   6857 
   6858 @item -t
   6859 @itemx --debug
   6860 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
   6861 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
   6862 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
   6863 
   6864 @item --locations
   6865 Pretend that @code{%locations} was specified.  @xref{Decl Summary}.
   6866 
   6867 @item -p @var{prefix}
   6868 @itemx --name-prefix=@var{prefix}
   6869 Pretend that @code{%name-prefix="@var{prefix}"} was specified.
   6870 @xref{Decl Summary}.
   6871 
   6872 @item -l
   6873 @itemx --no-lines
   6874 Don't put any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser file.
   6875 Ordinarily Bison puts them in the parser file so that the C compiler
   6876 and debuggers will associate errors with your source file, the
   6877 grammar file.  This option causes them to associate errors with the
   6878 parser file, treating it as an independent source file in its own right.
   6879 
   6880 @item -n
   6881 @itemx --no-parser
   6882 Pretend that @code{%no-parser} was specified.  @xref{Decl Summary}.
   6883 
   6884 @item -k
   6885 @itemx --token-table
   6886 Pretend that @code{%token-table} was specified.  @xref{Decl Summary}.
   6887 @end table
   6888 
   6889 @noindent
   6890 Adjust the output:
   6891 
   6892 @table @option
   6893 @item -d
   6894 @itemx --defines
   6895 Pretend that @code{%defines} was specified, i.e., write an extra output
   6896 file containing macro definitions for the token type names defined in
   6897 the grammar, as well as a few other declarations.  @xref{Decl Summary}.
   6898 
   6899 @item --defines=@var{defines-file}
   6900 Same as above, but save in the file @var{defines-file}.
   6901 
   6902 @item -b @var{file-prefix}
   6903 @itemx --file-prefix=@var{prefix}
   6904 Pretend that @code{%file-prefix} was specified, i.e, specify prefix to use
   6905 for all Bison output file names.  @xref{Decl Summary}.
   6906 
   6907 @item -r @var{things}
   6908 @itemx --report=@var{things}
   6909 Write an extra output file containing verbose description of the comma
   6910 separated list of @var{things} among:
   6911 
   6912 @table @code
   6913 @item state
   6914 Description of the grammar, conflicts (resolved and unresolved), and
   6915 @acronym{LALR} automaton.
   6916 
   6917 @item look-ahead
   6918 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
   6919 each rule's look-ahead set.
   6920 
   6921 @item itemset
   6922 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
   6923 the full set of items for each state, instead of its core only.
   6924 @end table
   6925 
   6926 @item -v
   6927 @itemx --verbose
   6928 Pretend that @code{%verbose} was specified, i.e, write an extra output
   6929 file containing verbose descriptions of the grammar and
   6930 parser.  @xref{Decl Summary}.
   6931 
   6932 @item -o @var{file}
   6933 @itemx --output=@var{file}
   6934 Specify the @var{file} for the parser file.
   6935 
   6936 The other output files' names are constructed from @var{file} as
   6937 described under the @samp{-v} and @samp{-d} options.
   6938 
   6939 @item -g
   6940 Output a @acronym{VCG} definition of the @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar
   6941 automaton computed by Bison.  If the grammar file is @file{foo.y}, the
   6942 @acronym{VCG} output file will
   6943 be @file{foo.vcg}.
   6944 
   6945 @item --graph=@var{graph-file}
   6946 The behavior of @var{--graph} is the same than @samp{-g}.  The only
   6947 difference is that it has an optional argument which is the name of
   6948 the output graph file.
   6949 @end table
   6950 
   6951 @node Option Cross Key
   6952 @section Option Cross Key
   6953 
   6954 @c FIXME: How about putting the directives too?
   6955 Here is a list of options, alphabetized by long option, to help you find
   6956 the corresponding short option.
   6957 
   6958 @multitable {@option{--defines=@var{defines-file}}} {@option{-b @var{file-prefix}XXX}}
   6959 @headitem Long Option @tab Short Option
   6960 @item @option{--debug}                      @tab @option{-t}
   6961 @item @option{--defines=@var{defines-file}} @tab @option{-d}
   6962 @item @option{--file-prefix=@var{prefix}}   @tab @option{-b @var{file-prefix}}
   6963 @item @option{--graph=@var{graph-file}}     @tab @option{-d}
   6964 @item @option{--help}                       @tab @option{-h}
   6965 @item @option{--name-prefix=@var{prefix}}   @tab @option{-p @var{name-prefix}}
   6966 @item @option{--no-lines}                   @tab @option{-l}
   6967 @item @option{--no-parser}                  @tab @option{-n}
   6968 @item @option{--output=@var{outfile}}       @tab @option{-o @var{outfile}}
   6969 @item @option{--print-localedir}            @tab
   6970 @item @option{--token-table}                @tab @option{-k}
   6971 @item @option{--verbose}                    @tab @option{-v}
   6972 @item @option{--version}                    @tab @option{-V}
   6973 @item @option{--yacc}                       @tab @option{-y}
   6974 @end multitable
   6975 
   6976 @node Yacc Library
   6977 @section Yacc Library
   6978 
   6979 The Yacc library contains default implementations of the
   6980 @code{yyerror} and @code{main} functions.  These default
   6981 implementations are normally not useful, but @acronym{POSIX} requires
   6982 them.  To use the Yacc library, link your program with the
   6983 @option{-ly} option.  Note that Bison's implementation of the Yacc
   6984 library is distributed under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} General
   6985 Public License (@pxref{Copying}).
   6986 
   6987 If you use the Yacc library's @code{yyerror} function, you should
   6988 declare @code{yyerror} as follows:
   6989 
   6990 @example
   6991 int yyerror (char const *);
   6992 @end example
   6993 
   6994 Bison ignores the @code{int} value returned by this @code{yyerror}.
   6995 If you use the Yacc library's @code{main} function, your
   6996 @code{yyparse} function should have the following type signature:
   6997 
   6998 @example
   6999 int yyparse (void);
   7000 @end example
   7001 
   7002 @c ================================================= C++ Bison
   7003 
   7004 @node C++ Language Interface
   7005 @chapter C++ Language Interface
   7006 
   7007 @menu
   7008 * C++ Parsers::                 The interface to generate C++ parser classes
   7009 * A Complete C++ Example::      Demonstrating their use
   7010 @end menu
   7011 
   7012 @node C++ Parsers
   7013 @section C++ Parsers
   7014 
   7015 @menu
   7016 * C++ Bison Interface::         Asking for C++ parser generation
   7017 * C++ Semantic Values::         %union vs. C++
   7018 * C++ Location Values::         The position and location classes
   7019 * C++ Parser Interface::        Instantiating and running the parser
   7020 * C++ Scanner Interface::       Exchanges between yylex and parse
   7021 @end menu
   7022 
   7023 @node C++ Bison Interface
   7024 @subsection C++ Bison Interface
   7025 @c - %skeleton "lalr1.cc"
   7026 @c - Always pure
   7027 @c - initial action
   7028 
   7029 The C++ parser @acronym{LALR}(1) skeleton is named @file{lalr1.cc}.  To
   7030 select it, you may either pass the option @option{--skeleton=lalr1.cc}
   7031 to Bison, or include the directive @samp{%skeleton "lalr1.cc"} in the
   7032 grammar preamble.  When run, @command{bison} will create several
   7033 entities in the @samp{yy} namespace.  Use the @samp{%name-prefix}
   7034 directive to change the namespace name, see @ref{Decl Summary}.  The
   7035 various classes are generated in the following files:
   7036 
   7037 @table @file
   7038 @item position.hh
   7039 @itemx location.hh
   7040 The definition of the classes @code{position} and @code{location},
   7041 used for location tracking.  @xref{C++ Location Values}.
   7042 
   7043 @item stack.hh
   7044 An auxiliary class @code{stack} used by the parser.
   7045 
   7046 @item @var{file}.hh
   7047 @itemx @var{file}.cc
   7048 (Assuming the extension of the input file was @samp{.yy}.)  The
   7049 declaration and implementation of the C++ parser class.  The basename
   7050 and extension of these two files follow the same rules as with regular C
   7051 parsers (@pxref{Invocation}).
   7052 
   7053 The header is @emph{mandatory}; you must either pass
   7054 @option{-d}/@option{--defines} to @command{bison}, or use the
   7055 @samp{%defines} directive.
   7056 @end table
   7057 
   7058 All these files are documented using Doxygen; run @command{doxygen}
   7059 for a complete and accurate documentation.
   7060 
   7061 @node C++ Semantic Values
   7062 @subsection C++ Semantic Values
   7063 @c - No objects in unions
   7064 @c - YSTYPE
   7065 @c - Printer and destructor
   7066 
   7067 The @code{%union} directive works as for C, see @ref{Union Decl, ,The
   7068 Collection of Value Types}.  In particular it produces a genuine
   7069 @code{union}@footnote{In the future techniques to allow complex types
   7070 within pseudo-unions (similar to Boost variants) might be implemented to
   7071 alleviate these issues.}, which have a few specific features in C++.
   7072 @itemize @minus
   7073 @item
   7074 The type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined but its use is discouraged: rather
   7075 you should refer to the parser's encapsulated type
   7076 @code{yy::parser::semantic_type}.
   7077 @item
   7078 Non POD (Plain Old Data) types cannot be used.  C++ forbids any
   7079 instance of classes with constructors in unions: only @emph{pointers}
   7080 to such objects are allowed.
   7081 @end itemize
   7082 
   7083 Because objects have to be stored via pointers, memory is not
   7084 reclaimed automatically: using the @code{%destructor} directive is the
   7085 only means to avoid leaks.  @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded
   7086 Symbols}.
   7087 
   7088 
   7089 @node C++ Location Values
   7090 @subsection C++ Location Values
   7091 @c - %locations
   7092 @c - class Position
   7093 @c - class Location
   7094 @c - %define "filename_type" "const symbol::Symbol"
   7095 
   7096 When the directive @code{%locations} is used, the C++ parser supports
   7097 location tracking, see @ref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.  Two
   7098 auxiliary classes define a @code{position}, a single point in a file,
   7099 and a @code{location}, a range composed of a pair of
   7100 @code{position}s (possibly spanning several files).
   7101 
   7102 @deftypemethod {position} {std::string*} file
   7103 The name of the file.  It will always be handled as a pointer, the
   7104 parser will never duplicate nor deallocate it.  As an experimental
   7105 feature you may change it to @samp{@var{type}*} using @samp{%define
   7106 "filename_type" "@var{type}"}.
   7107 @end deftypemethod
   7108 
   7109 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} line
   7110 The line, starting at 1.
   7111 @end deftypemethod
   7112 
   7113 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
   7114 Advance by @var{height} lines, resetting the column number.
   7115 @end deftypemethod
   7116 
   7117 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} column
   7118 The column, starting at 0.
   7119 @end deftypemethod
   7120 
   7121 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
   7122 Advance by @var{width} columns, without changing the line number.
   7123 @end deftypemethod
   7124 
   7125 @deftypemethod {position} {position&} operator+= (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
   7126 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator+ (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
   7127 @deftypemethodx {position} {position&} operator-= (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
   7128 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator- (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
   7129 Various forms of syntactic sugar for @code{columns}.
   7130 @end deftypemethod
   7131 
   7132 @deftypemethod {position} {position} operator<< (std::ostream @var{o}, const position& @var{p})
   7133 Report @var{p} on @var{o} like this:
   7134 @samp{@var{file}:@var{line}.@var{column}}, or
   7135 @samp{@var{line}.@var{column}} if @var{file} is null.
   7136 @end deftypemethod
   7137 
   7138 @deftypemethod {location} {position} begin
   7139 @deftypemethodx {location} {position} end
   7140 The first, inclusive, position of the range, and the first beyond.
   7141 @end deftypemethod
   7142 
   7143 @deftypemethod {location} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
   7144 @deftypemethodx {location} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
   7145 Advance the @code{end} position.
   7146 @end deftypemethod
   7147 
   7148 @deftypemethod {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, const location& @var{end})
   7149 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, int @var{width})
   7150 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+= (const location& @var{loc}, int @var{width})
   7151 Various forms of syntactic sugar.
   7152 @end deftypemethod
   7153 
   7154 @deftypemethod {location} {void} step ()
   7155 Move @code{begin} onto @code{end}.
   7156 @end deftypemethod
   7157 
   7158 
   7159 @node C++ Parser Interface
   7160 @subsection C++ Parser Interface
   7161 @c - define parser_class_name
   7162 @c - Ctor
   7163 @c - parse, error, set_debug_level, debug_level, set_debug_stream,
   7164 @c   debug_stream.
   7165 @c - Reporting errors
   7166 
   7167 The output files @file{@var{output}.hh} and @file{@var{output}.cc}
   7168 declare and define the parser class in the namespace @code{yy}.  The
   7169 class name defaults to @code{parser}, but may be changed using
   7170 @samp{%define "parser_class_name" "@var{name}"}.  The interface of
   7171 this class is detailed below.  It can be extended using the
   7172 @code{%parse-param} feature: its semantics is slightly changed since
   7173 it describes an additional member of the parser class, and an
   7174 additional argument for its constructor.
   7175 
   7176 @defcv {Type} {parser} {semantic_value_type}
   7177 @defcvx {Type} {parser} {location_value_type}
   7178 The types for semantics value and locations.
   7179 @end defcv
   7180 
   7181 @deftypemethod {parser} {} parser (@var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
   7182 Build a new parser object.  There are no arguments by default, unless
   7183 @samp{%parse-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} was used.
   7184 @end deftypemethod
   7185 
   7186 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} parse ()
   7187 Run the syntactic analysis, and return 0 on success, 1 otherwise.
   7188 @end deftypemethod
   7189 
   7190 @deftypemethod {parser} {std::ostream&} debug_stream ()
   7191 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_stream (std::ostream& @var{o})
   7192 Get or set the stream used for tracing the parsing.  It defaults to
   7193 @code{std::cerr}.
   7194 @end deftypemethod
   7195 
   7196 @deftypemethod {parser} {debug_level_type} debug_level ()
   7197 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_level (debug_level @var{l})
   7198 Get or set the tracing level.  Currently its value is either 0, no trace,
   7199 or nonzero, full tracing.
   7200 @end deftypemethod
   7201 
   7202 @deftypemethod {parser} {void} error (const location_type& @var{l}, const std::string& @var{m})
   7203 The definition for this member function must be supplied by the user:
   7204 the parser uses it to report a parser error occurring at @var{l},
   7205 described by @var{m}.
   7206 @end deftypemethod
   7207 
   7208 
   7209 @node C++ Scanner Interface
   7210 @subsection C++ Scanner Interface
   7211 @c - prefix for yylex.
   7212 @c - Pure interface to yylex
   7213 @c - %lex-param
   7214 
   7215 The parser invokes the scanner by calling @code{yylex}.  Contrary to C
   7216 parsers, C++ parsers are always pure: there is no point in using the
   7217 @code{%pure-parser} directive.  Therefore the interface is as follows.
   7218 
   7219 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} yylex (semantic_value_type& @var{yylval}, location_type& @var{yylloc}, @var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
   7220 Return the next token.  Its type is the return value, its semantic
   7221 value and location being @var{yylval} and @var{yylloc}.  Invocations of
   7222 @samp{%lex-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} yield additional arguments.
   7223 @end deftypemethod
   7224 
   7225 
   7226 @node A Complete C++ Example
   7227 @section A Complete C++ Example
   7228 
   7229 This section demonstrates the use of a C++ parser with a simple but
   7230 complete example.  This example should be available on your system,
   7231 ready to compile, in the directory @dfn{../bison/examples/calc++}.  It
   7232 focuses on the use of Bison, therefore the design of the various C++
   7233 classes is very naive: no accessors, no encapsulation of members etc.
   7234 We will use a Lex scanner, and more precisely, a Flex scanner, to
   7235 demonstrate the various interaction.  A hand written scanner is
   7236 actually easier to interface with.
   7237 
   7238 @menu
   7239 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator::   The specifications
   7240 * Calc++ Parsing Driver::       An active parsing context
   7241 * Calc++ Parser::               A parser class
   7242 * Calc++ Scanner::              A pure C++ Flex scanner
   7243 * Calc++ Top Level::            Conducting the band
   7244 @end menu
   7245 
   7246 @node Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
   7247 @subsection Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
   7248 
   7249 Of course the grammar is dedicated to arithmetics, a single
   7250 expression, possibly preceded by variable assignments.  An
   7251 environment containing possibly predefined variables such as
   7252 @code{one} and @code{two}, is exchanged with the parser.  An example
   7253 of valid input follows.
   7254 
   7255 @example
   7256 three := 3
   7257 seven := one + two * three
   7258 seven * seven
   7259 @end example
   7260 
   7261 @node Calc++ Parsing Driver
   7262 @subsection Calc++ Parsing Driver
   7263 @c - An env
   7264 @c - A place to store error messages
   7265 @c - A place for the result
   7266 
   7267 To support a pure interface with the parser (and the scanner) the
   7268 technique of the ``parsing context'' is convenient: a structure
   7269 containing all the data to exchange.  Since, in addition to simply
   7270 launch the parsing, there are several auxiliary tasks to execute (open
   7271 the file for parsing, instantiate the parser etc.), we recommend
   7272 transforming the simple parsing context structure into a fully blown
   7273 @dfn{parsing driver} class.
   7274 
   7275 The declaration of this driver class, @file{calc++-driver.hh}, is as
   7276 follows.  The first part includes the CPP guard and imports the
   7277 required standard library components, and the declaration of the parser
   7278 class.
   7279 
   7280 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
   7281 @example
   7282 #ifndef CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
   7283 # define CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
   7284 # include <string>
   7285 # include <map>
   7286 # include "calc++-parser.hh"
   7287 @end example
   7288 
   7289 
   7290 @noindent
   7291 Then comes the declaration of the scanning function.  Flex expects
   7292 the signature of @code{yylex} to be defined in the macro
   7293 @code{YY_DECL}, and the C++ parser expects it to be declared.  We can
   7294 factor both as follows.
   7295 
   7296 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
   7297 @example
   7298 // Announce to Flex the prototype we want for lexing function, ...
   7299 # define YY_DECL					\
   7300   yy::calcxx_parser::token_type                         \
   7301   yylex (yy::calcxx_parser::semantic_type* yylval,      \
   7302          yy::calcxx_parser::location_type* yylloc,      \
   7303          calcxx_driver& driver)
   7304 // ... and declare it for the parser's sake.
   7305 YY_DECL;
   7306 @end example
   7307 
   7308 @noindent
   7309 The @code{calcxx_driver} class is then declared with its most obvious
   7310 members.
   7311 
   7312 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
   7313 @example
   7314 // Conducting the whole scanning and parsing of Calc++.
   7315 class calcxx_driver
   7316 @{
   7317 public:
   7318   calcxx_driver ();
   7319   virtual ~calcxx_driver ();
   7320 
   7321   std::map<std::string, int> variables;
   7322 
   7323   int result;
   7324 @end example
   7325 
   7326 @noindent
   7327 To encapsulate the coordination with the Flex scanner, it is useful to
   7328 have two members function to open and close the scanning phase.
   7329 members.
   7330 
   7331 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
   7332 @example
   7333   // Handling the scanner.
   7334   void scan_begin ();
   7335   void scan_end ();
   7336   bool trace_scanning;
   7337 @end example
   7338 
   7339 @noindent
   7340 Similarly for the parser itself.
   7341 
   7342 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
   7343 @example
   7344   // Handling the parser.
   7345   void parse (const std::string& f);
   7346   std::string file;
   7347   bool trace_parsing;
   7348 @end example
   7349 
   7350 @noindent
   7351 To demonstrate pure handling of parse errors, instead of simply
   7352 dumping them on the standard error output, we will pass them to the
   7353 compiler driver using the following two member functions.  Finally, we
   7354 close the class declaration and CPP guard.
   7355 
   7356 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
   7357 @example
   7358   // Error handling.
   7359   void error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m);
   7360   void error (const std::string& m);
   7361 @};
   7362 #endif // ! CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
   7363 @end example
   7364 
   7365 The implementation of the driver is straightforward.  The @code{parse}
   7366 member function deserves some attention.  The @code{error} functions
   7367 are simple stubs, they should actually register the located error
   7368 messages and set error state.
   7369 
   7370 @comment file: calc++-driver.cc
   7371 @example
   7372 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
   7373 #include "calc++-parser.hh"
   7374 
   7375 calcxx_driver::calcxx_driver ()
   7376   : trace_scanning (false), trace_parsing (false)
   7377 @{
   7378   variables["one"] = 1;
   7379   variables["two"] = 2;
   7380 @}
   7381 
   7382 calcxx_driver::~calcxx_driver ()
   7383 @{
   7384 @}
   7385 
   7386 void
   7387 calcxx_driver::parse (const std::string &f)
   7388 @{
   7389   file = f;
   7390   scan_begin ();
   7391   yy::calcxx_parser parser (*this);
   7392   parser.set_debug_level (trace_parsing);
   7393   parser.parse ();
   7394   scan_end ();
   7395 @}
   7396 
   7397 void
   7398 calcxx_driver::error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m)
   7399 @{
   7400   std::cerr << l << ": " << m << std::endl;
   7401 @}
   7402 
   7403 void
   7404 calcxx_driver::error (const std::string& m)
   7405 @{
   7406   std::cerr << m << std::endl;
   7407 @}
   7408 @end example
   7409 
   7410 @node Calc++ Parser
   7411 @subsection Calc++ Parser
   7412 
   7413 The parser definition file @file{calc++-parser.yy} starts by asking for
   7414 the C++ LALR(1) skeleton, the creation of the parser header file, and
   7415 specifies the name of the parser class.  Because the C++ skeleton
   7416 changed several times, it is safer to require the version you designed
   7417 the grammar for.
   7418 
   7419 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
   7420 @example
   7421 %skeleton "lalr1.cc"                          /*  -*- C++ -*- */
   7422 %require "2.1a"
   7423 %defines
   7424 %define "parser_class_name" "calcxx_parser"
   7425 @end example
   7426 
   7427 @noindent
   7428 Then come the declarations/inclusions needed to define the
   7429 @code{%union}.  Because the parser uses the parsing driver and
   7430 reciprocally, both cannot include the header of the other.  Because the
   7431 driver's header needs detailed knowledge about the parser class (in
   7432 particular its inner types), it is the parser's header which will simply
   7433 use a forward declaration of the driver.
   7434 
   7435 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
   7436 @example
   7437 %@{
   7438 # include <string>
   7439 class calcxx_driver;
   7440 %@}
   7441 @end example
   7442 
   7443 @noindent
   7444 The driver is passed by reference to the parser and to the scanner.
   7445 This provides a simple but effective pure interface, not relying on
   7446 global variables.
   7447 
   7448 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
   7449 @example
   7450 // The parsing context.
   7451 %parse-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
   7452 %lex-param   @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
   7453 @end example
   7454 
   7455 @noindent
   7456 Then we request the location tracking feature, and initialize the
   7457 first location's file name.  Afterwards new locations are computed
   7458 relatively to the previous locations: the file name will be
   7459 automatically propagated.
   7460 
   7461 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
   7462 @example
   7463 %locations
   7464 %initial-action
   7465 @{
   7466   // Initialize the initial location.
   7467   @@$.begin.filename = @@$.end.filename = &driver.file;
   7468 @};
   7469 @end example
   7470 
   7471 @noindent
   7472 Use the two following directives to enable parser tracing and verbose
   7473 error messages.
   7474 
   7475 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
   7476 @example
   7477 %debug
   7478 %error-verbose
   7479 @end example
   7480 
   7481 @noindent
   7482 Semantic values cannot use ``real'' objects, but only pointers to
   7483 them.
   7484 
   7485 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
   7486 @example
   7487 // Symbols.
   7488 %union
   7489 @{
   7490   int          ival;
   7491   std::string *sval;
   7492 @};
   7493 @end example
   7494 
   7495 @noindent
   7496 The code between @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} after the introduction of the
   7497 @samp{%union} is output in the @file{*.cc} file; it needs detailed
   7498 knowledge about the driver.
   7499 
   7500 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
   7501 @example
   7502 %@{
   7503 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
   7504 %@}
   7505 @end example
   7506 
   7507 
   7508 @noindent
   7509 The token numbered as 0 corresponds to end of file; the following line
   7510 allows for nicer error messages referring to ``end of file'' instead
   7511 of ``$end''.  Similarly user friendly named are provided for each
   7512 symbol.  Note that the tokens names are prefixed by @code{TOKEN_} to
   7513 avoid name clashes.
   7514 
   7515 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
   7516 @example
   7517 %token        END      0 "end of file"
   7518 %token        ASSIGN     ":="
   7519 %token <sval> IDENTIFIER "identifier"
   7520 %token <ival> NUMBER     "number"
   7521 %type  <ival> exp        "expression"
   7522 @end example
   7523 
   7524 @noindent
   7525 To enable memory deallocation during error recovery, use
   7526 @code{%destructor}.
   7527 
   7528 @c FIXME: Document %printer, and mention that it takes a braced-code operand.
   7529 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
   7530 @example
   7531 %printer    @{ debug_stream () << *$$; @} "identifier"
   7532 %destructor @{ delete $$; @} "identifier"
   7533 
   7534 %printer    @{ debug_stream () << $$; @} "number" "expression"
   7535 @end example
   7536 
   7537 @noindent
   7538 The grammar itself is straightforward.
   7539 
   7540 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
   7541 @example
   7542 %%
   7543 %start unit;
   7544 unit: assignments exp  @{ driver.result = $2; @};
   7545 
   7546 assignments: assignments assignment @{@}
   7547            | /* Nothing.  */        @{@};
   7548 
   7549 assignment: "identifier" ":=" exp @{ driver.variables[*$1] = $3; @};
   7550 
   7551 %left '+' '-';
   7552 %left '*' '/';
   7553 exp: exp '+' exp   @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
   7554    | exp '-' exp   @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
   7555    | exp '*' exp   @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
   7556    | exp '/' exp   @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
   7557    | "identifier"  @{ $$ = driver.variables[*$1]; @}
   7558    | "number"      @{ $$ = $1; @};
   7559 %%
   7560 @end example
   7561 
   7562 @noindent
   7563 Finally the @code{error} member function registers the errors to the
   7564 driver.
   7565 
   7566 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
   7567 @example
   7568 void
   7569 yy::calcxx_parser::error (const yy::calcxx_parser::location_type& l,
   7570                           const std::string& m)
   7571 @{
   7572   driver.error (l, m);
   7573 @}
   7574 @end example
   7575 
   7576 @node Calc++ Scanner
   7577 @subsection Calc++ Scanner
   7578 
   7579 The Flex scanner first includes the driver declaration, then the
   7580 parser's to get the set of defined tokens.
   7581 
   7582 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
   7583 @example
   7584 %@{                                            /* -*- C++ -*- */
   7585 # include <cstdlib>
   7586 # include <errno.h>
   7587 # include <limits.h>
   7588 # include <string>
   7589 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
   7590 # include "calc++-parser.hh"
   7591 
   7592 /* Work around an incompatibility in flex (at least versions
   7593    2.5.31 through 2.5.33): it generates code that does
   7594    not conform to C89.  See Debian bug 333231
   7595    <http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=333231>.  */
   7596 # undef yywrap
   7597 # define yywrap() 1
   7598 
   7599 /* By default yylex returns int, we use token_type.
   7600    Unfortunately yyterminate by default returns 0, which is
   7601    not of token_type.  */
   7602 #define yyterminate() return token::END
   7603 %@}
   7604 @end example
   7605 
   7606 @noindent
   7607 Because there is no @code{#include}-like feature we don't need
   7608 @code{yywrap}, we don't need @code{unput} either, and we parse an
   7609 actual file, this is not an interactive session with the user.
   7610 Finally we enable the scanner tracing features.
   7611 
   7612 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
   7613 @example
   7614 %option noyywrap nounput batch debug
   7615 @end example
   7616 
   7617 @noindent
   7618 Abbreviations allow for more readable rules.
   7619 
   7620 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
   7621 @example
   7622 id    [a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z_0-9]*
   7623 int   [0-9]+
   7624 blank [ \t]
   7625 @end example
   7626 
   7627 @noindent
   7628 The following paragraph suffices to track locations accurately.  Each
   7629 time @code{yylex} is invoked, the begin position is moved onto the end
   7630 position.  Then when a pattern is matched, the end position is
   7631 advanced of its width.  In case it matched ends of lines, the end
   7632 cursor is adjusted, and each time blanks are matched, the begin cursor
   7633 is moved onto the end cursor to effectively ignore the blanks
   7634 preceding tokens.  Comments would be treated equally.
   7635 
   7636 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
   7637 @example
   7638 %@{
   7639 # define YY_USER_ACTION  yylloc->columns (yyleng);
   7640 %@}
   7641 %%
   7642 %@{
   7643   yylloc->step ();
   7644 %@}
   7645 @{blank@}+   yylloc->step ();
   7646 [\n]+      yylloc->lines (yyleng); yylloc->step ();
   7647 @end example
   7648 
   7649 @noindent
   7650 The rules are simple, just note the use of the driver to report errors.
   7651 It is convenient to use a typedef to shorten
   7652 @code{yy::calcxx_parser::token::identifier} into
   7653 @code{token::identifier} for instance.
   7654 
   7655 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
   7656 @example
   7657 %@{
   7658   typedef yy::calcxx_parser::token token;
   7659 %@}
   7660            /* Convert ints to the actual type of tokens.  */
   7661 [-+*/]     return yy::calcxx_parser::token_type (yytext[0]);
   7662 ":="       return token::ASSIGN;
   7663 @{int@}      @{
   7664   errno = 0;
   7665   long n = strtol (yytext, NULL, 10);
   7666   if (! (INT_MIN <= n && n <= INT_MAX && errno != ERANGE))
   7667     driver.error (*yylloc, "integer is out of range");
   7668   yylval->ival = n;
   7669   return token::NUMBER;
   7670 @}
   7671 @{id@}       yylval->sval = new std::string (yytext); return token::IDENTIFIER;
   7672 .          driver.error (*yylloc, "invalid character");
   7673 %%
   7674 @end example
   7675 
   7676 @noindent
   7677 Finally, because the scanner related driver's member function depend
   7678 on the scanner's data, it is simpler to implement them in this file.
   7679 
   7680 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
   7681 @example
   7682 void
   7683 calcxx_driver::scan_begin ()
   7684 @{
   7685   yy_flex_debug = trace_scanning;
   7686   if (!(yyin = fopen (file.c_str (), "r")))
   7687     error (std::string ("cannot open ") + file);
   7688 @}
   7689 
   7690 void
   7691 calcxx_driver::scan_end ()
   7692 @{
   7693   fclose (yyin);
   7694 @}
   7695 @end example
   7696 
   7697 @node Calc++ Top Level
   7698 @subsection Calc++ Top Level
   7699 
   7700 The top level file, @file{calc++.cc}, poses no problem.
   7701 
   7702 @comment file: calc++.cc
   7703 @example
   7704 #include <iostream>
   7705 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
   7706 
   7707 int
   7708 main (int argc, char *argv[])
   7709 @{
   7710   calcxx_driver driver;
   7711   for (++argv; argv[0]; ++argv)
   7712     if (*argv == std::string ("-p"))
   7713       driver.trace_parsing = true;
   7714     else if (*argv == std::string ("-s"))
   7715       driver.trace_scanning = true;
   7716     else
   7717       @{
   7718 	driver.parse (*argv);
   7719 	std::cout << driver.result << std::endl;
   7720       @}
   7721 @}
   7722 @end example
   7723 
   7724 @c ================================================= FAQ
   7725 
   7726 @node FAQ
   7727 @chapter Frequently Asked Questions
   7728 @cindex frequently asked questions
   7729 @cindex questions
   7730 
   7731 Several questions about Bison come up occasionally.  Here some of them
   7732 are addressed.
   7733 
   7734 @menu
   7735 * Memory Exhausted::            Breaking the Stack Limits
   7736 * How Can I Reset the Parser::  @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
   7737 * Strings are Destroyed::       @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
   7738 * Implementing Gotos/Loops::    Control Flow in the Calculator
   7739 * Multiple start-symbols::      Factoring closely related grammars
   7740 * Secure?  Conform?::           Is Bison @acronym{POSIX} safe?
   7741 * I can't build Bison::         Troubleshooting
   7742 * Where can I find help?::      Troubleshouting
   7743 * Bug Reports::                 Troublereporting
   7744 * Other Languages::             Parsers in Java and others
   7745 * Beta Testing::                Experimenting development versions
   7746 * Mailing Lists::               Meeting other Bison users
   7747 @end menu
   7748 
   7749 @node Memory Exhausted
   7750 @section Memory Exhausted
   7751 
   7752 @display
   7753 My parser returns with error with a @samp{memory exhausted}
   7754 message.  What can I do?
   7755 @end display
   7756 
   7757 This question is already addressed elsewhere, @xref{Recursion,
   7758 ,Recursive Rules}.
   7759 
   7760 @node How Can I Reset the Parser
   7761 @section How Can I Reset the Parser
   7762 
   7763 The following phenomenon has several symptoms, resulting in the
   7764 following typical questions:
   7765 
   7766 @display
   7767 I invoke @code{yyparse} several times, and on correct input it works
   7768 properly; but when a parse error is found, all the other calls fail
   7769 too.  How can I reset the error flag of @code{yyparse}?
   7770 @end display
   7771 
   7772 @noindent
   7773 or
   7774 
   7775 @display
   7776 My parser includes support for an @samp{#include}-like feature, in
   7777 which case I run @code{yyparse} from @code{yyparse}.  This fails
   7778 although I did specify I needed a @code{%pure-parser}.
   7779 @end display
   7780 
   7781 These problems typically come not from Bison itself, but from
   7782 Lex-generated scanners.  Because these scanners use large buffers for
   7783 speed, they might not notice a change of input file.  As a
   7784 demonstration, consider the following source file,
   7785 @file{first-line.l}:
   7786 
   7787 @verbatim
   7788 %{
   7789 #include <stdio.h>
   7790 #include <stdlib.h>
   7791 %}
   7792 %%
   7793 .*\n    ECHO; return 1;
   7794 %%
   7795 int
   7796 yyparse (char const *file)
   7797 {
   7798   yyin = fopen (file, "r");
   7799   if (!yyin)
   7800     exit (2);
   7801   /* One token only.  */
   7802   yylex ();
   7803   if (fclose (yyin) != 0)
   7804     exit (3);
   7805   return 0;
   7806 }
   7807 
   7808 int
   7809 main (void)
   7810 {
   7811   yyparse ("input");
   7812   yyparse ("input");
   7813   return 0;
   7814 }
   7815 @end verbatim
   7816 
   7817 @noindent
   7818 If the file @file{input} contains
   7819 
   7820 @verbatim
   7821 input:1: Hello,
   7822 input:2: World!
   7823 @end verbatim
   7824 
   7825 @noindent
   7826 then instead of getting the first line twice, you get:
   7827 
   7828 @example
   7829 $ @kbd{flex -ofirst-line.c first-line.l}
   7830 $ @kbd{gcc  -ofirst-line   first-line.c -ll}
   7831 $ @kbd{./first-line}
   7832 input:1: Hello,
   7833 input:2: World!
   7834 @end example
   7835 
   7836 Therefore, whenever you change @code{yyin}, you must tell the
   7837 Lex-generated scanner to discard its current buffer and switch to the
   7838 new one.  This depends upon your implementation of Lex; see its
   7839 documentation for more.  For Flex, it suffices to call
   7840 @samp{YY_FLUSH_BUFFER} after each change to @code{yyin}.  If your
   7841 Flex-generated scanner needs to read from several input streams to
   7842 handle features like include files, you might consider using Flex
   7843 functions like @samp{yy_switch_to_buffer} that manipulate multiple
   7844 input buffers.
   7845 
   7846 If your Flex-generated scanner uses start conditions (@pxref{Start
   7847 conditions, , Start conditions, flex, The Flex Manual}), you might
   7848 also want to reset the scanner's state, i.e., go back to the initial
   7849 start condition, through a call to @samp{BEGIN (0)}.
   7850 
   7851 @node Strings are Destroyed
   7852 @section Strings are Destroyed
   7853 
   7854 @display
   7855 My parser seems to destroy old strings, or maybe it loses track of
   7856 them.  Instead of reporting @samp{"foo", "bar"}, it reports
   7857 @samp{"bar", "bar"}, or even @samp{"foo\nbar", "bar"}.
   7858 @end display
   7859 
   7860 This error is probably the single most frequent ``bug report'' sent to
   7861 Bison lists, but is only concerned with a misunderstanding of the role
   7862 of the scanner.  Consider the following Lex code:
   7863 
   7864 @verbatim
   7865 %{
   7866 #include <stdio.h>
   7867 char *yylval = NULL;
   7868 %}
   7869 %%
   7870 .*    yylval = yytext; return 1;
   7871 \n    /* IGNORE */
   7872 %%
   7873 int
   7874 main ()
   7875 {
   7876   /* Similar to using $1, $2 in a Bison action.  */
   7877   char *fst = (yylex (), yylval);
   7878   char *snd = (yylex (), yylval);
   7879   printf ("\"%s\", \"%s\"\n", fst, snd);
   7880   return 0;
   7881 }
   7882 @end verbatim
   7883 
   7884 If you compile and run this code, you get:
   7885 
   7886 @example
   7887 $ @kbd{flex -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
   7888 $ @kbd{gcc  -osplit-lines   split-lines.c -ll}
   7889 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
   7890 "one
   7891 two", "two"
   7892 @end example
   7893 
   7894 @noindent
   7895 this is because @code{yytext} is a buffer provided for @emph{reading}
   7896 in the action, but if you want to keep it, you have to duplicate it
   7897 (e.g., using @code{strdup}).  Note that the output may depend on how
   7898 your implementation of Lex handles @code{yytext}.  For instance, when
   7899 given the Lex compatibility option @option{-l} (which triggers the
   7900 option @samp{%array}) Flex generates a different behavior:
   7901 
   7902 @example
   7903 $ @kbd{flex -l -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
   7904 $ @kbd{gcc     -osplit-lines   split-lines.c -ll}
   7905 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
   7906 "two", "two"
   7907 @end example
   7908 
   7909 
   7910 @node Implementing Gotos/Loops
   7911 @section Implementing Gotos/Loops
   7912 
   7913 @display
   7914 My simple calculator supports variables, assignments, and functions,
   7915 but how can I implement gotos, or loops?
   7916 @end display
   7917 
   7918 Although very pedagogical, the examples included in the document blur
   7919 the distinction to make between the parser---whose job is to recover
   7920 the structure of a text and to transmit it to subsequent modules of
   7921 the program---and the processing (such as the execution) of this
   7922 structure.  This works well with so called straight line programs,
   7923 i.e., precisely those that have a straightforward execution model:
   7924 execute simple instructions one after the others.
   7925 
   7926 @cindex abstract syntax tree
   7927 @cindex @acronym{AST}
   7928 If you want a richer model, you will probably need to use the parser
   7929 to construct a tree that does represent the structure it has
   7930 recovered; this tree is usually called the @dfn{abstract syntax tree},
   7931 or @dfn{@acronym{AST}} for short.  Then, walking through this tree,
   7932 traversing it in various ways, will enable treatments such as its
   7933 execution or its translation, which will result in an interpreter or a
   7934 compiler.
   7935 
   7936 This topic is way beyond the scope of this manual, and the reader is
   7937 invited to consult the dedicated literature.
   7938 
   7939 
   7940 @node Multiple start-symbols
   7941 @section Multiple start-symbols
   7942 
   7943 @display
   7944 I have several closely related grammars, and I would like to share their
   7945 implementations.  In fact, I could use a single grammar but with
   7946 multiple entry points.
   7947 @end display
   7948 
   7949 Bison does not support multiple start-symbols, but there is a very
   7950 simple means to simulate them.  If @code{foo} and @code{bar} are the two
   7951 pseudo start-symbols, then introduce two new tokens, say
   7952 @code{START_FOO} and @code{START_BAR}, and use them as switches from the
   7953 real start-symbol:
   7954 
   7955 @example
   7956 %token START_FOO START_BAR;
   7957 %start start;
   7958 start: START_FOO foo
   7959      | START_BAR bar;
   7960 @end example
   7961 
   7962 These tokens prevents the introduction of new conflicts.  As far as the
   7963 parser goes, that is all that is needed.
   7964 
   7965 Now the difficult part is ensuring that the scanner will send these
   7966 tokens first.  If your scanner is hand-written, that should be
   7967 straightforward.  If your scanner is generated by Lex, them there is
   7968 simple means to do it: recall that anything between @samp{%@{ ... %@}}
   7969 after the first @code{%%} is copied verbatim in the top of the generated
   7970 @code{yylex} function.  Make sure a variable @code{start_token} is
   7971 available in the scanner (e.g., a global variable or using
   7972 @code{%lex-param} etc.), and use the following:
   7973 
   7974 @example
   7975   /* @r{Prologue.}  */
   7976 %%
   7977 %@{
   7978   if (start_token)
   7979     @{
   7980       int t = start_token;
   7981       start_token = 0;
   7982       return t;
   7983     @}
   7984 %@}
   7985   /* @r{The rules.}  */
   7986 @end example
   7987 
   7988 
   7989 @node Secure?  Conform?
   7990 @section Secure?  Conform?
   7991 
   7992 @display
   7993 Is Bison secure?  Does it conform to POSIX?
   7994 @end display
   7995 
   7996 If you're looking for a guarantee or certification, we don't provide it.
   7997 However, Bison is intended to be a reliable program that conforms to the
   7998 @acronym{POSIX} specification for Yacc.  If you run into problems,
   7999 please send us a bug report.
   8000 
   8001 @node I can't build Bison
   8002 @section I can't build Bison
   8003 
   8004 @display
   8005 I can't build Bison because @command{make} complains that
   8006 @code{msgfmt} is not found.
   8007 What should I do?
   8008 @end display
   8009 
   8010 Like most GNU packages with internationalization support, that feature
   8011 is turned on by default.  If you have problems building in the @file{po}
   8012 subdirectory, it indicates that your system's internationalization
   8013 support is lacking.  You can re-configure Bison with
   8014 @option{--disable-nls} to turn off this support, or you can install GNU
   8015 gettext from @url{ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gettext/} and re-configure
   8016 Bison.  See the file @file{ABOUT-NLS} for more information.
   8017 
   8018 
   8019 @node Where can I find help?
   8020 @section Where can I find help?
   8021 
   8022 @display
   8023 I'm having trouble using Bison.  Where can I find help?
   8024 @end display
   8025 
   8026 First, read this fine manual.  Beyond that, you can send mail to
   8027 @email{help-bison@@gnu.org}.  This mailing list is intended to be
   8028 populated with people who are willing to answer questions about using
   8029 and installing Bison.  Please keep in mind that (most of) the people on
   8030 the list have aspects of their lives which are not related to Bison (!),
   8031 so you may not receive an answer to your question right away.  This can
   8032 be frustrating, but please try not to honk them off; remember that any
   8033 help they provide is purely voluntary and out of the kindness of their
   8034 hearts.
   8035 
   8036 @node Bug Reports
   8037 @section Bug Reports
   8038 
   8039 @display
   8040 I found a bug.  What should I include in the bug report?
   8041 @end display
   8042 
   8043 Before you send a bug report, make sure you are using the latest
   8044 version.  Check @url{ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/bison/} or one of its
   8045 mirrors.  Be sure to include the version number in your bug report.  If
   8046 the bug is present in the latest version but not in a previous version,
   8047 try to determine the most recent version which did not contain the bug.
   8048 
   8049 If the bug is parser-related, you should include the smallest grammar
   8050 you can which demonstrates the bug.  The grammar file should also be
   8051 complete (i.e., I should be able to run it through Bison without having
   8052 to edit or add anything).  The smaller and simpler the grammar, the
   8053 easier it will be to fix the bug.
   8054 
   8055 Include information about your compilation environment, including your
   8056 operating system's name and version and your compiler's name and
   8057 version.  If you have trouble compiling, you should also include a
   8058 transcript of the build session, starting with the invocation of
   8059 `configure'.  Depending on the nature of the bug, you may be asked to
   8060 send additional files as well (such as `config.h' or `config.cache').
   8061 
   8062 Patches are most welcome, but not required.  That is, do not hesitate to
   8063 send a bug report just because you can not provide a fix.
   8064 
   8065 Send bug reports to @email{bug-bison@@gnu.org}.
   8066 
   8067 @node Other Languages
   8068 @section Other Languages
   8069 
   8070 @display
   8071 Will Bison ever have C++ support?  How about Java or @var{insert your
   8072 favorite language here}?
   8073 @end display
   8074 
   8075 C++ support is there now, and is documented.  We'd love to add other
   8076 languages; contributions are welcome.
   8077 
   8078 @node Beta Testing
   8079 @section Beta Testing
   8080 
   8081 @display
   8082 What is involved in being a beta tester?
   8083 @end display
   8084 
   8085 It's not terribly involved.  Basically, you would download a test
   8086 release, compile it, and use it to build and run a parser or two.  After
   8087 that, you would submit either a bug report or a message saying that
   8088 everything is okay.  It is important to report successes as well as
   8089 failures because test releases eventually become mainstream releases,
   8090 but only if they are adequately tested.  If no one tests, development is
   8091 essentially halted.
   8092 
   8093 Beta testers are particularly needed for operating systems to which the
   8094 developers do not have easy access.  They currently have easy access to
   8095 recent GNU/Linux and Solaris versions.  Reports about other operating
   8096 systems are especially welcome.
   8097 
   8098 @node Mailing Lists
   8099 @section Mailing Lists
   8100 
   8101 @display
   8102 How do I join the help-bison and bug-bison mailing lists?
   8103 @end display
   8104 
   8105 See @url{http://lists.gnu.org/}.
   8106 
   8107 @c ================================================= Table of Symbols
   8108 
   8109 @node Table of Symbols
   8110 @appendix Bison Symbols
   8111 @cindex Bison symbols, table of
   8112 @cindex symbols in Bison, table of
   8113 
   8114 @deffn {Variable} @@$
   8115 In an action, the location of the left-hand side of the rule.
   8116 @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
   8117 @end deffn
   8118 
   8119 @deffn {Variable} @@@var{n}
   8120 In an action, the location of the @var{n}-th symbol of the right-hand
   8121 side of the rule.  @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
   8122 @end deffn
   8123 
   8124 @deffn {Variable} $$
   8125 In an action, the semantic value of the left-hand side of the rule.
   8126 @xref{Actions}.
   8127 @end deffn
   8128 
   8129 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
   8130 In an action, the semantic value of the @var{n}-th symbol of the
   8131 right-hand side of the rule.  @xref{Actions}.
   8132 @end deffn
   8133 
   8134 @deffn {Delimiter} %%
   8135 Delimiter used to separate the grammar rule section from the
   8136 Bison declarations section or the epilogue.
   8137 @xref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}.
   8138 @end deffn
   8139 
   8140 @c Don't insert spaces, or check the DVI output.
   8141 @deffn {Delimiter} %@{@var{code}%@}
   8142 All code listed between @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} is copied directly to
   8143 the output file uninterpreted.  Such code forms the prologue of the input
   8144 file.  @xref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison
   8145 Grammar}.
   8146 @end deffn
   8147 
   8148 @deffn {Construct} /*@dots{}*/
   8149 Comment delimiters, as in C.
   8150 @end deffn
   8151 
   8152 @deffn {Delimiter} :
   8153 Separates a rule's result from its components.  @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of
   8154 Grammar Rules}.
   8155 @end deffn
   8156 
   8157 @deffn {Delimiter} ;
   8158 Terminates a rule.  @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
   8159 @end deffn
   8160 
   8161 @deffn {Delimiter} |
   8162 Separates alternate rules for the same result nonterminal.
   8163 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
   8164 @end deffn
   8165 
   8166 @deffn {Symbol} $accept
   8167 The predefined nonterminal whose only rule is @samp{$accept: @var{start}
   8168 $end}, where @var{start} is the start symbol.  @xref{Start Decl, , The
   8169 Start-Symbol}.  It cannot be used in the grammar.
   8170 @end deffn
   8171 
   8172 @deffn {Directive} %debug
   8173 Equip the parser for debugging.  @xref{Decl Summary}.
   8174 @end deffn
   8175 
   8176 @ifset defaultprec
   8177 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
   8178 Assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
   8179 modifier.  @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
   8180 Precedence}.
   8181 @end deffn
   8182 @end ifset
   8183 
   8184 @deffn {Directive} %defines
   8185 Bison declaration to create a header file meant for the scanner.
   8186 @xref{Decl Summary}.
   8187 @end deffn
   8188 
   8189 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
   8190 Specify how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
   8191 discarded symbols.  @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
   8192 @end deffn
   8193 
   8194 @deffn {Directive} %dprec
   8195 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a rule that is used at parse
   8196 time to resolve reduce/reduce conflicts.  @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing
   8197 @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
   8198 @end deffn
   8199 
   8200 @deffn {Symbol} $end
   8201 The predefined token marking the end of the token stream.  It cannot be
   8202 used in the grammar.
   8203 @end deffn
   8204 
   8205 @deffn {Symbol} error
   8206 A token name reserved for error recovery.  This token may be used in
   8207 grammar rules so as to allow the Bison parser to recognize an error in
   8208 the grammar without halting the process.  In effect, a sentence
   8209 containing an error may be recognized as valid.  On a syntax error, the
   8210 token @code{error} becomes the current look-ahead token.  Actions
   8211 corresponding to @code{error} are then executed, and the look-ahead
   8212 token is reset to the token that originally caused the violation.
   8213 @xref{Error Recovery}.
   8214 @end deffn
   8215 
   8216 @deffn {Directive} %error-verbose
   8217 Bison declaration to request verbose, specific error message strings
   8218 when @code{yyerror} is called.
   8219 @end deffn
   8220 
   8221 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix="@var{prefix}"
   8222 Bison declaration to set the prefix of the output files.  @xref{Decl
   8223 Summary}.
   8224 @end deffn
   8225 
   8226 @deffn {Directive} %glr-parser
   8227 Bison declaration to produce a @acronym{GLR} parser.  @xref{GLR
   8228 Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
   8229 @end deffn
   8230 
   8231 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action
   8232 Run user code before parsing.  @xref{Initial Action Decl, , Performing Actions before Parsing}.
   8233 @end deffn
   8234 
   8235 @deffn {Directive} %left
   8236 Bison declaration to assign left associativity to token(s).
   8237 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
   8238 @end deffn
   8239 
   8240 @deffn {Directive} %lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
   8241 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
   8242 @code{yylex} should accept.  @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions
   8243 for Pure Parsers}.
   8244 @end deffn
   8245 
   8246 @deffn {Directive} %merge
   8247 Bison declaration to assign a merging function to a rule.  If there is a
   8248 reduce/reduce conflict with a rule having the same merging function, the
   8249 function is applied to the two semantic values to get a single result.
   8250 @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
   8251 @end deffn
   8252 
   8253 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix="@var{prefix}"
   8254 Bison declaration to rename the external symbols.  @xref{Decl Summary}.
   8255 @end deffn
   8256 
   8257 @ifset defaultprec
   8258 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
   8259 Do not assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
   8260 modifier.  @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
   8261 Precedence}.
   8262 @end deffn
   8263 @end ifset
   8264 
   8265 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
   8266 Bison declaration to avoid generating @code{#line} directives in the
   8267 parser file.  @xref{Decl Summary}.
   8268 @end deffn
   8269 
   8270 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
   8271 Bison declaration to assign nonassociativity to token(s).
   8272 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
   8273 @end deffn
   8274 
   8275 @deffn {Directive} %output="@var{file}"
   8276 Bison declaration to set the name of the parser file.  @xref{Decl
   8277 Summary}.
   8278 @end deffn
   8279 
   8280 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
   8281 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
   8282 @code{yyparse} should accept.  @xref{Parser Function,, The Parser
   8283 Function @code{yyparse}}.
   8284 @end deffn
   8285 
   8286 @deffn {Directive} %prec
   8287 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a specific rule.
   8288 @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
   8289 @end deffn
   8290 
   8291 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
   8292 Bison declaration to request a pure (reentrant) parser.
   8293 @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
   8294 @end deffn
   8295 
   8296 @deffn {Directive} %require "@var{version}"
   8297 Require version @var{version} or higher of Bison.  @xref{Require Decl, ,
   8298 Require a Version of Bison}.
   8299 @end deffn
   8300 
   8301 @deffn {Directive} %right
   8302 Bison declaration to assign right associativity to token(s).
   8303 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
   8304 @end deffn
   8305 
   8306 @deffn {Directive} %start
   8307 Bison declaration to specify the start symbol.  @xref{Start Decl, ,The
   8308 Start-Symbol}.
   8309 @end deffn
   8310 
   8311 @deffn {Directive} %token
   8312 Bison declaration to declare token(s) without specifying precedence.
   8313 @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
   8314 @end deffn
   8315 
   8316 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
   8317 Bison declaration to include a token name table in the parser file.
   8318 @xref{Decl Summary}.
   8319 @end deffn
   8320 
   8321 @deffn {Directive} %type
   8322 Bison declaration to declare nonterminals.  @xref{Type Decl,
   8323 ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
   8324 @end deffn
   8325 
   8326 @deffn {Symbol} $undefined
   8327 The predefined token onto which all undefined values returned by
   8328 @code{yylex} are mapped.  It cannot be used in the grammar, rather, use
   8329 @code{error}.
   8330 @end deffn
   8331 
   8332 @deffn {Directive} %union
   8333 Bison declaration to specify several possible data types for semantic
   8334 values.  @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
   8335 @end deffn
   8336 
   8337 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT
   8338 Macro to pretend that an unrecoverable syntax error has occurred, by
   8339 making @code{yyparse} return 1 immediately.  The error reporting
   8340 function @code{yyerror} is not called.  @xref{Parser Function, ,The
   8341 Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
   8342 @end deffn
   8343 
   8344 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT
   8345 Macro to pretend that a complete utterance of the language has been
   8346 read, by making @code{yyparse} return 0 immediately.
   8347 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
   8348 @end deffn
   8349 
   8350 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP
   8351 Macro to discard a value from the parser stack and fake a look-ahead
   8352 token.  @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
   8353 @end deffn
   8354 
   8355 @deffn {Variable} yychar
   8356 External integer variable that contains the integer value of the
   8357 look-ahead token.  (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within
   8358 @code{yyparse}.)  Error-recovery rule actions may examine this variable.
   8359 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
   8360 @end deffn
   8361 
   8362 @deffn {Variable} yyclearin
   8363 Macro used in error-recovery rule actions.  It clears the previous
   8364 look-ahead token.  @xref{Error Recovery}.
   8365 @end deffn
   8366 
   8367 @deffn {Macro} YYDEBUG
   8368 Macro to define to equip the parser with tracing code.  @xref{Tracing,
   8369 ,Tracing Your Parser}.
   8370 @end deffn
   8371 
   8372 @deffn {Variable} yydebug
   8373 External integer variable set to zero by default.  If @code{yydebug}
   8374 is given a nonzero value, the parser will output information on input
   8375 symbols and parser action.  @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
   8376 @end deffn
   8377 
   8378 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok
   8379 Macro to cause parser to recover immediately to its normal mode
   8380 after a syntax error.  @xref{Error Recovery}.
   8381 @end deffn
   8382 
   8383 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR
   8384 Macro to pretend that a syntax error has just been detected: call
   8385 @code{yyerror} and then perform normal error recovery if possible
   8386 (@pxref{Error Recovery}), or (if recovery is impossible) make
   8387 @code{yyparse} return 1.  @xref{Error Recovery}.
   8388 @end deffn
   8389 
   8390 @deffn {Function} yyerror
   8391 User-supplied function to be called by @code{yyparse} on error.
   8392 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
   8393 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
   8394 @end deffn
   8395 
   8396 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR_VERBOSE
   8397 An obsolete macro that you define with @code{#define} in the prologue
   8398 to request verbose, specific error message strings
   8399 when @code{yyerror} is called.  It doesn't matter what definition you
   8400 use for @code{YYERROR_VERBOSE}, just whether you define it.  Using
   8401 @code{%error-verbose} is preferred.
   8402 @end deffn
   8403 
   8404 @deffn {Macro} YYINITDEPTH
   8405 Macro for specifying the initial size of the parser stack.
   8406 @xref{Memory Management}.
   8407 @end deffn
   8408 
   8409 @deffn {Function} yylex
   8410 User-supplied lexical analyzer function, called with no arguments to get
   8411 the next token.  @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function
   8412 @code{yylex}}.
   8413 @end deffn
   8414 
   8415 @deffn {Macro} YYLEX_PARAM
   8416 An obsolete macro for specifying an extra argument (or list of extra
   8417 arguments) for @code{yyparse} to pass to @code{yylex}.  The use of this
   8418 macro is deprecated, and is supported only for Yacc like parsers.
   8419 @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
   8420 @end deffn
   8421 
   8422 @deffn {Variable} yylloc
   8423 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the line and column
   8424 numbers associated with a token.  (In a pure parser, it is a local
   8425 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
   8426 @code{yylex}.)
   8427 You can ignore this variable if you don't use the @samp{@@} feature in the
   8428 grammar actions.
   8429 @xref{Token Locations, ,Textual Locations of Tokens}.
   8430 In semantic actions, it stores the location of the look-ahead token.
   8431 @xref{Actions and Locations, ,Actions and Locations}.
   8432 @end deffn
   8433 
   8434 @deffn {Type} YYLTYPE
   8435 Data type of @code{yylloc}; by default, a structure with four
   8436 members.  @xref{Location Type, , Data Types of Locations}.
   8437 @end deffn
   8438 
   8439 @deffn {Variable} yylval
   8440 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the semantic
   8441 value associated with a token.  (In a pure parser, it is a local
   8442 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
   8443 @code{yylex}.)
   8444 @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of Tokens}.
   8445 In semantic actions, it stores the semantic value of the look-ahead token.
   8446 @xref{Actions, ,Actions}.
   8447 @end deffn
   8448 
   8449 @deffn {Macro} YYMAXDEPTH
   8450 Macro for specifying the maximum size of the parser stack.  @xref{Memory
   8451 Management}.
   8452 @end deffn
   8453 
   8454 @deffn {Variable} yynerrs
   8455 Global variable which Bison increments each time it reports a syntax error.
   8456 (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within @code{yyparse}.)
   8457 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
   8458 @end deffn
   8459 
   8460 @deffn {Function} yyparse
   8461 The parser function produced by Bison; call this function to start
   8462 parsing.  @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
   8463 @end deffn
   8464 
   8465 @deffn {Macro} YYPARSE_PARAM
   8466 An obsolete macro for specifying the name of a parameter that
   8467 @code{yyparse} should accept.  The use of this macro is deprecated, and
   8468 is supported only for Yacc like parsers.  @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling
   8469 Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
   8470 @end deffn
   8471 
   8472 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
   8473 The expression @code{YYRECOVERING ()} yields 1 when the parser
   8474 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 otherwise.
   8475 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
   8476 @end deffn
   8477 
   8478 @deffn {Macro} YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
   8479 Macro used to control the use of @code{alloca} when the C
   8480 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser needs to extend its stacks.  If defined to 0,
   8481 the parser will use @code{malloc} to extend its stacks.  If defined to
   8482 1, the parser will use @code{alloca}.  Values other than 0 and 1 are
   8483 reserved for future Bison extensions.  If not defined,
   8484 @code{YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA} defaults to 0.
   8485 
   8486 In the all-too-common case where your code may run on a host with a
   8487 limited stack and with unreliable stack-overflow checking, you should
   8488 set @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to a value that cannot possibly result in
   8489 unchecked stack overflow on any of your target hosts when
   8490 @code{alloca} is called.  You can inspect the code that Bison
   8491 generates in order to determine the proper numeric values.  This will
   8492 require some expertise in low-level implementation details.
   8493 @end deffn
   8494 
   8495 @deffn {Type} YYSTYPE
   8496 Data type of semantic values; @code{int} by default.
   8497 @xref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}.
   8498 @end deffn
   8499 
   8500 @node Glossary
   8501 @appendix Glossary
   8502 @cindex glossary
   8503 
   8504 @table @asis
   8505 @item Backus-Naur Form (@acronym{BNF}; also called ``Backus Normal Form'')
   8506 Formal method of specifying context-free grammars originally proposed
   8507 by John Backus, and slightly improved by Peter Naur in his 1960-01-02
   8508 committee document contributing to what became the Algol 60 report.
   8509 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
   8510 
   8511 @item Context-free grammars
   8512 Grammars specified as rules that can be applied regardless of context.
   8513 Thus, if there is a rule which says that an integer can be used as an
   8514 expression, integers are allowed @emph{anywhere} an expression is
   8515 permitted.  @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
   8516 Grammars}.
   8517 
   8518 @item Dynamic allocation
   8519 Allocation of memory that occurs during execution, rather than at
   8520 compile time or on entry to a function.
   8521 
   8522 @item Empty string
   8523 Analogous to the empty set in set theory, the empty string is a
   8524 character string of length zero.
   8525 
   8526 @item Finite-state stack machine
   8527 A ``machine'' that has discrete states in which it is said to exist at
   8528 each instant in time.  As input to the machine is processed, the
   8529 machine moves from state to state as specified by the logic of the
   8530 machine.  In the case of the parser, the input is the language being
   8531 parsed, and the states correspond to various stages in the grammar
   8532 rules.  @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
   8533 
   8534 @item Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR})
   8535 A parsing algorithm that can handle all context-free grammars, including those
   8536 that are not @acronym{LALR}(1).  It resolves situations that Bison's
   8537 usual @acronym{LALR}(1)
   8538 algorithm cannot by effectively splitting off multiple parsers, trying all
   8539 possible parsers, and discarding those that fail in the light of additional
   8540 right context.  @xref{Generalized LR Parsing, ,Generalized
   8541 @acronym{LR} Parsing}.
   8542 
   8543 @item Grouping
   8544 A language construct that is (in general) grammatically divisible;
   8545 for example, `expression' or `declaration' in C@.
   8546 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
   8547 
   8548 @item Infix operator
   8549 An arithmetic operator that is placed between the operands on which it
   8550 performs some operation.
   8551 
   8552 @item Input stream
   8553 A continuous flow of data between devices or programs.
   8554 
   8555 @item Language construct
   8556 One of the typical usage schemas of the language.  For example, one of
   8557 the constructs of the C language is the @code{if} statement.
   8558 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
   8559 
   8560 @item Left associativity
   8561 Operators having left associativity are analyzed from left to right:
   8562 @samp{a+b+c} first computes @samp{a+b} and then combines with
   8563 @samp{c}.  @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}.
   8564 
   8565 @item Left recursion
   8566 A rule whose result symbol is also its first component symbol; for
   8567 example, @samp{expseq1 : expseq1 ',' exp;}.  @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
   8568 Rules}.
   8569 
   8570 @item Left-to-right parsing
   8571 Parsing a sentence of a language by analyzing it token by token from
   8572 left to right.  @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
   8573 
   8574 @item Lexical analyzer (scanner)
   8575 A function that reads an input stream and returns tokens one by one.
   8576 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
   8577 
   8578 @item Lexical tie-in
   8579 A flag, set by actions in the grammar rules, which alters the way
   8580 tokens are parsed.  @xref{Lexical Tie-ins}.
   8581 
   8582 @item Literal string token
   8583 A token which consists of two or more fixed characters.  @xref{Symbols}.
   8584 
   8585 @item Look-ahead token
   8586 A token already read but not yet shifted.  @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead
   8587 Tokens}.
   8588 
   8589 @item @acronym{LALR}(1)
   8590 The class of context-free grammars that Bison (like most other parser
   8591 generators) can handle; a subset of @acronym{LR}(1).  @xref{Mystery
   8592 Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}.
   8593 
   8594 @item @acronym{LR}(1)
   8595 The class of context-free grammars in which at most one token of
   8596 look-ahead is needed to disambiguate the parsing of any piece of input.
   8597 
   8598 @item Nonterminal symbol
   8599 A grammar symbol standing for a grammatical construct that can
   8600 be expressed through rules in terms of smaller constructs; in other
   8601 words, a construct that is not a token.  @xref{Symbols}.
   8602 
   8603 @item Parser
   8604 A function that recognizes valid sentences of a language by analyzing
   8605 the syntax structure of a set of tokens passed to it from a lexical
   8606 analyzer.
   8607 
   8608 @item Postfix operator
   8609 An arithmetic operator that is placed after the operands upon which it
   8610 performs some operation.
   8611 
   8612 @item Reduction
   8613 Replacing a string of nonterminals and/or terminals with a single
   8614 nonterminal, according to a grammar rule.  @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison
   8615 Parser Algorithm}.
   8616 
   8617 @item Reentrant
   8618 A reentrant subprogram is a subprogram which can be in invoked any
   8619 number of times in parallel, without interference between the various
   8620 invocations.  @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
   8621 
   8622 @item Reverse polish notation
   8623 A language in which all operators are postfix operators.
   8624 
   8625 @item Right recursion
   8626 A rule whose result symbol is also its last component symbol; for
   8627 example, @samp{expseq1: exp ',' expseq1;}.  @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
   8628 Rules}.
   8629 
   8630 @item Semantics
   8631 In computer languages, the semantics are specified by the actions
   8632 taken for each instance of the language, i.e., the meaning of
   8633 each statement.  @xref{Semantics, ,Defining Language Semantics}.
   8634 
   8635 @item Shift
   8636 A parser is said to shift when it makes the choice of analyzing
   8637 further input from the stream rather than reducing immediately some
   8638 already-recognized rule.  @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
   8639 
   8640 @item Single-character literal
   8641 A single character that is recognized and interpreted as is.
   8642 @xref{Grammar in Bison, ,From Formal Rules to Bison Input}.
   8643 
   8644 @item Start symbol
   8645 The nonterminal symbol that stands for a complete valid utterance in
   8646 the language being parsed.  The start symbol is usually listed as the
   8647 first nonterminal symbol in a language specification.
   8648 @xref{Start Decl, ,The Start-Symbol}.
   8649 
   8650 @item Symbol table
   8651 A data structure where symbol names and associated data are stored
   8652 during parsing to allow for recognition and use of existing
   8653 information in repeated uses of a symbol.  @xref{Multi-function Calc}.
   8654 
   8655 @item Syntax error
   8656 An error encountered during parsing of an input stream due to invalid
   8657 syntax.  @xref{Error Recovery}.
   8658 
   8659 @item Token
   8660 A basic, grammatically indivisible unit of a language.  The symbol
   8661 that describes a token in the grammar is a terminal symbol.
   8662 The input of the Bison parser is a stream of tokens which comes from
   8663 the lexical analyzer.  @xref{Symbols}.
   8664 
   8665 @item Terminal symbol
   8666 A grammar symbol that has no rules in the grammar and therefore is
   8667 grammatically indivisible.  The piece of text it represents is a token.
   8668 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
   8669 @end table
   8670 
   8671 @node Copying This Manual
   8672 @appendix Copying This Manual
   8673 
   8674 @menu
   8675 * GNU Free Documentation License::  License for copying this manual.
   8676 @end menu
   8677 
   8678 @include fdl.texi
   8679 
   8680 @node Index
   8681 @unnumbered Index
   8682 
   8683 @printindex cp
   8684 
   8685 @bye
   8686 
   8687 @c LocalWords: texinfo setfilename settitle setchapternewpage finalout
   8688 @c LocalWords: ifinfo smallbook shorttitlepage titlepage GPL FIXME iftex
   8689 @c LocalWords: akim fn cp syncodeindex vr tp synindex dircategory direntry
   8690 @c LocalWords: ifset vskip pt filll insertcopying sp ISBN Etienne Suvasa
   8691 @c LocalWords: ifnottex yyparse detailmenu GLR RPN Calc var Decls Rpcalc
   8692 @c LocalWords: rpcalc Lexer Gen Comp Expr ltcalc mfcalc Decl Symtab yylex
   8693 @c LocalWords: yyerror pxref LR yylval cindex dfn LALR samp gpl BNF xref
   8694 @c LocalWords: const int paren ifnotinfo AC noindent emph expr stmt findex
   8695 @c LocalWords: glr YYSTYPE TYPENAME prog dprec printf decl init stmtMerge
   8696 @c LocalWords: pre STDC GNUC endif yy YY alloca lf stddef stdlib YYDEBUG
   8697 @c LocalWords: NUM exp subsubsection kbd Ctrl ctype EOF getchar isdigit
   8698 @c LocalWords: ungetc stdin scanf sc calc ulator ls lm cc NEG prec yyerrok
   8699 @c LocalWords: longjmp fprintf stderr preg yylloc YYLTYPE cos ln
   8700 @c LocalWords: smallexample symrec val tptr FNCT fnctptr func struct sym
   8701 @c LocalWords: fnct putsym getsym fname arith fncts atan ptr malloc sizeof
   8702 @c LocalWords: strlen strcpy fctn strcmp isalpha symbuf realloc isalnum
   8703 @c LocalWords: ptypes itype YYPRINT trigraphs yytname expseq vindex dtype
   8704 @c LocalWords: Rhs YYRHSLOC LE nonassoc op deffn typeless typefull yynerrs
   8705 @c LocalWords: yychar yydebug msg YYNTOKENS YYNNTS YYNRULES YYNSTATES
   8706 @c LocalWords: cparse clex deftypefun NE defmac YYACCEPT YYABORT param
   8707 @c LocalWords: strncmp intval tindex lvalp locp llocp typealt YYBACKUP
   8708 @c LocalWords: YYEMPTY YYEOF YYRECOVERING yyclearin GE def UMINUS maybeword
   8709 @c LocalWords: Johnstone Shamsa Sadaf Hussain Tomita TR uref YYMAXDEPTH
   8710 @c LocalWords: YYINITDEPTH stmnts ref stmnt initdcl maybeasm VCG notype
   8711 @c LocalWords: hexflag STR exdent itemset asis DYYDEBUG YYFPRINTF args
   8712 @c LocalWords: YYPRINTF infile ypp yxx outfile itemx vcg tex leaderfill
   8713 @c LocalWords: hbox hss hfill tt ly yyin fopen fclose ofirst gcc ll
   8714 @c LocalWords: yyrestart nbar yytext fst snd osplit ntwo strdup AST
   8715 @c LocalWords: YYSTACK DVI fdl printindex
   8716